Pull request for efi-2022-07-rc3-2
UEFI:
* Fix build errors due to
- using sed with non-standard extension for regular expression
- target architecture not recognized for CROSS_COMPILE=armv7a-*
- CONFIG_EVENT not selected
* add sha384/512 on certificate revocation
Others:
* factor out the user input handling in bootmenu command
The previous patch adds support for rejecting images when the sha384/512
of an x.509 certificate is present in dbx. Update the sandbox selftests
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Currently we don't support sha384/512 for the X.509 certificate
in dbx. Moreover if we come across such a hash we skip the check
and approve the image, although the image might needs to be rejected.
Rework the code a bit and fix it by adding an array of structs with the
supported GUIDs, len and literal used in the U-Boot crypto APIs instead
of hardcoding the GUID types.
It's worth noting here that efi_hash_regions() can now be reused from
efi_signature_lookup_digest() and add sha348/512 support there as well
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
This commit moves the user input handling from cmd/bootmenu.c
to common/menu.c to reuse it from other modules.
Signed-off-by: Masahisa Kojima <masahisa.kojima@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Fixes
WARNING: unmet direct dependencies detected for EVENT_DYNAMIC
Depends on [n]: EVENT [=n]
Selected by [y]:
- EFI_LOADER [=y] && OF_LIBFDT [=y] && ...
and the succeeding build breakage.
Signed-off-by: Jan Kiszka <jan.kiszka@siemens.com>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Building with OpenSSL 3.0 produces warnings like:
../tools/sunxi_toc0.c:846:17: warning: ‘RSA_get0_d’ is deprecated:
Since OpenSSL 3.0 [-Wdeprecated-declarations]
846 | if (root_key && RSA_get0_d(root_key)) {
| ^~
As OpenSSL 3.0 is not available in elder Linux distributions
just silence the warning.
Add missing #include <openssl/bn.h>.
Fixes: e9e87ec47c ("tools: mkimage: Add Allwinner TOC0 support")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Tested-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Over the years, several options have not made it into the help message.
Document them. Do the same for the man page.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
Use [:space:] instead of \s and \S in regular expression that
determines the sandbox target architecture. Fixes the build
failure on OpenBSD introduced with commit 4e65ca00f3
("efi_loader: bootmgr: add booting from removable media").
Fixes: f7691a6d73 ("sandbox: allow cross-compiling sandbox")
Signed-off-by: Mark Kettenis <kettenis@openbsd.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
This has been deprecated for over 10 years and everything now uses the
plain "phandle" property in preference. There's no need to set
linux,phandle when creating phandles for nodes that do not have one.
dtc changed the default to creating just phandle in version 1.4.5
released in September 2017 with the justification that the new style had
already been supported for 7 years by that point (see dtc commit 0016f8c
("dtc: change default phandles to ePAPR style instead of both")).
Signed-off-by: John Keeping <john@metanate.com>
Adds a sub-command repair to the command gpt
that allow to repair a corrupted gpt table. If
the both gpt table (primary and backup) are
valid, then the command does nothing.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <philippe.reynes@softathome.com>
If a gpt table is corrupted (after a power cut
for example), then the gpt table should repaired.
The function gpt_repair_headers check if at least
one gpt table is valid, and then only write the
corrupted gpt table.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <philippe.reynes@softathome.com>
Since commit 16cc5ad0b4 ("power: regulator: add dummy helper")
regulator dummy helper are always available even if DM_REGULATOR
is not set.
DM_REGULATOR flag is no more needed to protect no DM core,
remove it.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
MAX6370 watchdog is available e.g. on Freescale P1/P2 RDB-PC boards.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
- Assorted minor code cleanups.
- Clean-up the reset uclass code slightly and fix some issues with a
lack of handlers for a case in the driver.
- Y2038 RTC fix
drivers/misc/fs_loader.c: In function ‘mount_ubifs’:
drivers/misc/fs_loader.c:46:12: warning: implicit declaration of function ‘ubi_part’ [-Wimplicit-function-declaration]
int ret = ubi_part(mtdpart, NULL);
^~~~~~~~
drivers/misc/fs_loader.c:53:9: warning: implicit declaration of function ‘cmd_ubifs_mount’ [-Wimplicit-function-declaration]
return cmd_ubifs_mount(ubivol);
^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
drivers/misc/fs_loader.c: In function ‘umount_ubifs’:
drivers/misc/fs_loader.c:58:9: warning: implicit declaration of function ‘cmd_ubifs_umount’ [-Wimplicit-function-declaration]
return cmd_ubifs_umount();
^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
In case the ops is not implemented, return 0 in the core right away.
This is better than having multiple copies of functions which just
return 0 in each reset driver. Drop all those empty functions.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Local variable out.name lives on the stack and therefore cannot
be returned directly. Move the strdup() call into the function.
(Coverity 352460)
Fixes: 7c33f78983 ("clk: scmi: register scmi clocks with CCF")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
tm_mon has a range from 0..11, but the RTC expects 1..12. So we adapt
the month accordingly. This was determined when comparing the driver
with the corresponding linux kernel driver.
Signed-off-by: Oliver Graute <oliver.graute@kococonnector.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
If argc is not < 3, it must be >= 3.
If argc >= 3, argv[2] cannot be NULL.
Fixes: 9de612ae4d ("cmd: adc: Add support for storing ADC result in env variable")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
We don't have an option -cq but two distinct options -c and -q.
Fixes: e9496ec374 ("fdt: Add -q option to fdt addr for distro_bootcmd")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
We currently overflow due to wrong types used internally in rtc_mktime,
on all platforms, and we return a too small type on 32-bit.
One consumer that directly benefits from this is mktime64. Many others
may still store the result in a wrong type.
While at it, drop the redundant cast of mon in rtc_mktime (obsoleted by
714209832d).
Signed-off-by: Jan Kiszka <jan.kiszka@siemens.com>
On some image types like i.MX8 and i.MX8M, the verify_header function
is not implemented.
Before this commit, no check on tparams->verify_header was done causing
a segfault if NULL. Now, a proper error message is printed.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Heemeryck <nicolas.heemeryck@gmail.com>
Currently, in case of arm64 bootloader and U-Boot the stack pointer is
initialized at an offset of NON_SECURE_MSRAM_SIZE from arm64 SPL's text
base address. After jumping to arm64, execution is done out of DDR.
Therefore, having an offset corresponding to the size of MSRAM does not
have any significance.
Instead, initialize the stack pointer after an offset of 4MB from the SPL
text base address. This helps in allocating larger memory for stack.
┌────────────────────┐0x80080000
│ │
│ arm64 SPL │
├────────────────────┤
│ ▲ │
│ │ │
│ STACK │
├────────────────────┤0x80480000
│ Memory for Load │
│ Buffer Allocation │
├────────────────────┤0x80800000
│ │
│ U-Boot Image │
│ │
└────────────────────┘
Signed-off-by: Aswath Govindraju <a-govindraju@ti.com>
There are many pins in an SoC, and register usage may vary by pins.
This patch introduces a concept of "io type" and "io type group"
to mediatek pinctrl drivers. This can provide different pinconf
handlers implementation (eg: "bias-pull-up/down", "driving" and
"input-enable") for IO pins that belong to different types.
Signed-off-by: Sam Shih <sam.shih@mediatek.com>
Pinctrl design of some mediatek SoC need to access registers that
distribute in multiple memory base address. this patch introduce new
mechanism in mediatek pinctrl driver to support the chips which have
the new design.
This patch add a member 'base_calc' in pinctrl private data, and changed
original 'base' private data to an array of *iomem.
When 'base_calc' attribute is set, it will requests multiplue regs base
from the DT, if 'base_calc' attribute is not set, it only use legacy way
to request single reg resource from the DT.
Signed-off-by: Sam Shih <sam.shih@mediatek.com>
There are many pins in a SoCs, and different pin may belong
to different "io_type", For example: some pins of MT7622 belongs
to "io_type A", the other belongs to "io_type B", and pinctrl "V0"
means handle pinconf via "io_type A" or "io_type B", so SoCs that
contain "io_type A" and "io_type B" pins, use "V0" in pinctrl driver.
This patch separates the implementation of register operations
(e.g: "bias-pull-up/down", "driving" and "input-enable") into
different functions, and lets the original V0/V1
ops to call the new functions.
Signed-off-by: Sam Shih <sam.shih@mediatek.com>
With sandbox, U-Boot can be run without a device tree (i.e. no -d or -T
parameter). In this case an empty device tree is created for convenience.
With a recent change this causes an error due to the missing '/binman'
node.
Add this node to avoid the problem, as well as a test that U-Boot can
be run without a device tree.
Fixes: 059df5624b ("arch: Kconfig: imply BINMAN for SANDBOX")
Fixes: https://source.denx.de/u-boot/u-boot/-/issues/11
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This is useful sometimes when running a specific test. Add support for it
in the existing restart_uboot_with_flags() function.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Remove Masami Hiramatsu from MAINTAINERS since he will leave
Linaro and his email will be not available anymore.
Signed-off-by: Masami Hiramatsu <masami.hiramatsu@linaro.org>
SPL_SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN defaults to SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN. 0x10000 is 64 KiB, or
around half of the total OCRAM size. Revert to the default of 0x2000. This
fixes SPL boot.
Fixes: 545eceb520 ("imx8/ls10xx: Use a sane SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN default")
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Macro MVNETA_GMAC_FORCE_LINK_UP can be dropped from value assignment in
fixed link case, since it's value is written into the register later in
the function for link-down-to-link-up case. The value is written as
MVNETA_GMAC_FORCE_LINK_DOWN | MVNETA_GMAC_FORCE_LINK_PASS, and so the
macro definition can also be dropped.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Guard the code handling the fixed PHY case by
CONFIG_IS_ENABLED(PHY_FIXED).
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Since this member is checked only at two places drop it and inline it's
usage.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Write PHY address just before enabling HW polling of the PHY.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Stop parsing fixed-link in the MAC driver. Instead support only PHY mode
and let the fixed PHY driver handle the fixed-link case.
Enable CONFIG_PHY_FIXED for mvneta boards that need it: Turris Omnia and
ESPRESSObin.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The CONFIG_* macros are reserved for Kconfig. This was probably done
when this driver was being imported from Linux. Rename the macro.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Drop checking for CONFIG_PHYLIB in mvneta, this is already done in
Kconfig.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Use the bool type instead of int for status_change variable.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Drop one indentation level in the mvneta_adjust_link() function.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The `ret` variable in mvneta_probe() is unused if DM_GPIO is disabled.
Since the variable is used only once after assigning value, we can
inline the usage and drop the variable.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This MDIO bus is now handled by a proper mvmdio DM driver. Remove it
from mvneta.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
In order to be able to get rid of the non-DM MDIO bus registered in
mvneta driver, start using the DM registered one in Turris MOX board
code.
This also allows us to drop the hack introduced in MOX' -u-boot.dtsi
file.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Add helper to resolve PHY node from it's ofnode via DM MDIO subsystem.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
In order to be able to get rid of the non-DM MDIO bus registered in
mvneta driver, we need to stop using board_network_enable() and instead
use the DM registered MDIO device to configure switch in
last_stage_init().
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
We don't need to remember PHY address anymore, because since using DM
MDIO for connecting PHY, the address is parsed by mdio-uclass from
the ofnode.
But the driver uses a special value of the address to signal fixed link
usage.
Drop phyaddr add fixed_link in driver private structure. This simplifies
code a little.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Use the modern DM MDIO API for connecting PHY in the mvneta driver.
This requires enabling MVMDIO driver in several config files.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
In mvneta_adjust_link() we need to set MII_SPEED bit only if PHY reports
the speed at 100Mbps.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Drop .of_to_plat() from the mvneta driver and parse the two properties
in .probe().
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This patch enables the Kconfig symbols needed for full ethernet support
on the NIC23. Additionally board specific setup is done, mostly GPIOs
related to SFP / GPIO configuration. With this, ethernet can be used on
this board. Here an example of a tftp load:
=> tftp ffffffff81000000 big
Using ethernet-mac-nexus@11800e2000000 device
TFTP from server 192.168.1.5; our IP address is 192.168.1.247
Filename 'big'.
Load address: 0xffffffff81000000
Loading: ################################################## 10 MiB
9.7 MiB/s
done
Bytes transferred = 10485760 (a00000 hex)
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This patch enables the Kconfig symbols needed for full ethernet support
on the EBB7304. Also the PHY autonegotiation timeout is increased, as
the default 5 seconds are sometime a bit short. With this, ethernet can
be used on this board. Here an example of a tftp load:
=> tftp ffffffff81000000 big
ethernet-mac-nexus@11800e0000000 Waiting for PHY auto negotiation to complete....... done
Using ethernet-mac-nexus@11800e0000000 device
TFTP from server 192.168.1.5; our IP address is 192.168.1.243
Filename 'big'.
Load address: 0xffffffff81000000
Loading: ################################################## 10 MiB
13.2 MiB/s
done
Bytes transferred = 10485760 (a00000 hex)
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This patchs adds the ethernet & MDIO driver for the MIPS Octeon II / III
SoC platform. Please note that these drivers are based on the 2013
U-Boot version from Marvell and make use of the platform supported
helper functions for the ethernet functionality, including stuff like
SFP handling.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Cc: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Add the Octeon ethernet (BGX) and SFP DT nodes to the NIC23 dts file to
enable ethernet support on this board.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Add the Octeon ethernet (BGX), SMI and PHY DT nodes to the EBB7304 dts
file to enable ethernet support on this board.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This patch moves CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET to a higher address so that
it does not interfere with larger U-Boot images. This was noticed, while
adding network support to the EBB7304 board.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Call octeon_bootmem_init() earlier in the boot process, so that this
bootmemory infrastructure is already initialized when e.g. the
networking support gets probed.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This patch adds the newly added C files to the Makefile to enable
compilation. This is done in a separate step, to not introduce build
breakage while adding the single files with potentially missing
externals.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This patch includes misc changes to already present Octeon MIPS C files
files, which are necessary for the upcoming ethernet support.
The changes are mostly:
- DM GPIO & I2C infrastructure
- Coding style cleanup while reworking of the code
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Import cvmx-range.c from 2013 U-Boot. It will be used by the later
added drivers to support networking on the MIPS Octeon II / III
platforms.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Import cvmx-qlm-tables.c from 2013 U-Boot. It will be used by the later
added drivers to support networking on the MIPS Octeon II / III
platforms.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Import cvmx-pko-internal-ports-range.c from 2013 U-Boot. It will be used
by the later added drivers to support networking on the MIPS Octeon II / III
platforms.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Import cvmx-pko3-resources.c from 2013 U-Boot. It will be used by the later
added drivers to support networking on the MIPS Octeon II / III
platforms.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Import cvmx-pko3-compat.c from 2013 U-Boot. It will be used by the later
added drivers to support networking on the MIPS Octeon II / III
platforms.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Import cvmx-pko3-queue.c from 2013 U-Boot. It will be used by the later
added drivers to support networking on the MIPS Octeon II / III
platforms.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Import cvmx-pko3.c from 2013 U-Boot. It will be used by the later
added drivers to support networking on the MIPS Octeon II / III
platforms.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Import cvmx-pko.c from 2013 U-Boot. It will be used by the later
added drivers to support networking on the MIPS Octeon II / III
platforms.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Import cvmx-pki-resources.c from 2013 U-Boot. It will be used by the later
added drivers to support networking on the MIPS Octeon II / III
platforms.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Import cvmx-pki.c from 2013 U-Boot. It will be used by the later
added drivers to support networking on the MIPS Octeon II / III
platforms.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Import cvmx-ipd.c from 2013 U-Boot. It will be used by the later
added drivers to support networking on the MIPS Octeon II / III
platforms.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Import cvmx-ilk.c from 2013 U-Boot. It will be used by the later
added drivers to support networking on the MIPS Octeon II / III
platforms.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Import cvmx-global-resource.c from 2013 U-Boot. It will be used by the later
added drivers to support networking on the MIPS Octeon II / III
platforms.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Import cvmx-fpa-resource.c from 2013 U-Boot. It will be used by the later
added drivers to support networking on the MIPS Octeon II / III
platforms.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Import cvmx-fpa.c from 2013 U-Boot. It will be used by the later
added drivers to support networking on the MIPS Octeon II / III
platforms.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Import cvmx-fau-compat.c from 2013 U-Boot. It will be used by the later
added drivers to support networking on the MIPS Octeon II / III
platforms.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Import cvmx-cmd-queue.c from 2013 U-Boot. It will be used by the later
added drivers to support networking on the MIPS Octeon II / III
platforms.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Import cvmx-agl.c from 2013 U-Boot. It will be used by the later
added drivers to support networking on the MIPS Octeon II / III
platforms.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Import cvmx-helper-xaui.c from 2013 U-Boot. It will be used by the later
added drivers to support networking on the MIPS Octeon II / III
platforms.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Import cvmx-helper-sfp.c from 2013 U-Boot. It will be used by the later
added drivers to support networking on the MIPS Octeon II / III
platforms.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Import cvmx-helper-sgmii.c from 2013 U-Boot. It will be used by the later
added drivers to support networking on the MIPS Octeon II / III
platforms.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Import cvmx-helper-rgmii.c from 2013 U-Boot. It will be used by the later
added drivers to support networking on the MIPS Octeon II / III
platforms.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Import cvmx-helper-pko3.c from 2013 U-Boot. It will be used by the later
added drivers to support networking on the MIPS Octeon II / III
platforms.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Import cvmx-helper-pko.c from 2013 U-Boot. It will be used by the later
added drivers to support networking on the MIPS Octeon II / III
platforms.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Import cvmx-helper-pki.c from 2013 U-Boot. It will be used by the later
added drivers to support networking on the MIPS Octeon II / III
platforms.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Import cvmx-helper-npi.c from 2013 U-Boot. It will be used by the later
added drivers to support networking on the MIPS Octeon II / III
platforms.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Import cvmx-helper-loop.c from 2013 U-Boot. It will be used by the later
added drivers to support networking on the MIPS Octeon II / III
platforms.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Import cvmx-helper-ipd.c from 2013 U-Boot. It will be used by the later
added drivers to support networking on the MIPS Octeon II / III
platforms.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Import cvmx-helper-ilk.c from 2013 U-Boot. It will be used by the later
added drivers to support networking on the MIPS Octeon II / III
platforms.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Import cvmx-helper-fpa.c from 2013 U-Boot. It will be used by the later
added drivers to support networking on the MIPS Octeon II / III
platforms.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Import cvmx-helper-board.c from 2013 U-Boot. It will be used by the later
added drivers to support networking on the MIPS Octeon II / III
platforms.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Import cvmx-helper-bgx.c from 2013 U-Boot. It will be used by the later
added drivers to support networking on the MIPS Octeon II / III
platforms.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Import cvmx-helper-agl.c from 2013 U-Boot. It will be used by the later
added drivers to support networking on the MIPS Octeon II / III
platforms.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This patch includes misc changes to already present Octeon MIPS header
files, which are necessary for the upcoming ethernet support.
The changes are mostly:
- DM GPIO & I2C infrastructure
- Coding style cleanup while reworking the headers
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Import cvmx-xcv-defs.h header file from 2013 U-Boot. It will be used
by the later added drivers to support networking on the MIPS Octeon II /
III platforms.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Import cvmx-pcsxxx-defs.h header file from 2013 U-Boot. It will be used
by the later added drivers to support networking on the MIPS Octeon II /
III platforms.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Import cvmx-npei-defs.h header file from 2013 U-Boot. It will be used
by the later added drivers to support networking on the MIPS Octeon II /
III platforms.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Import cvmx-lbk-defs.h header file from 2013 U-Boot. It will be used
by the later added drivers to support networking on the MIPS Octeon II /
III platforms.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Import cvmx-iob-defs.h header file from 2013 U-Boot. It will be used
by the later added drivers to support networking on the MIPS Octeon II /
III platforms.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Import cvmx-igl-defs.h header file from 2013 U-Boot. It will be used
by the later added drivers to support networking on the MIPS Octeon II /
III platforms.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Import misc cvmx-helper header files from 2013 U-Boot. They will be used
by the later added drivers to support networking on the MIPS Octeon II /
III platforms.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
To quote the author:
The virtio PCI drivers forgo a number of consistency checks,
particularly around pointer validation and bounds checking. This series
focuses on the modern driver to add those checks.
The start of the series adds and fixes some basic bounds checks. Later
patches ensure PCI addresses fall within the expected regions rather
than any arbitrary address. This is acheived by introducing range
parameters to a few of the dm_pci_* functions that allow the ranges to
be checked.
The series also adds a few new configs to allow parts of virtio and PCI
to be disabled where the features may be unused and the current
implementations don't have the needed consistencty checks.
The virtio PCI capabilities describe regions of memory that should be
mapped. Map those with dm_pci_map_bar() which will ensure they are valid
PCI regions.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Scull <ascull@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Prepare for calls to `virtio_pci_map_capability()` failing by returning
NULL on error. If this happens, later accesses to the pointers would be
unsafe so cause the probe to fail if such an error occurs.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Scull <ascull@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Add a mask parameter to control the lookup of the PCI region from which
the mapping can be made.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Scull <ascull@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Add mask parameter and reorder length parameter to match the other PCI
address conversion functions. Using PCI_REGION_TYPE as the mask gives
the old behaviour.
It's converted from a macro to an inline function as the length
parameter is now used twice, but should only be calculated once.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Scull <ascull@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
When converting addresses, apply a mask to the region flags during
lookup. This allows the caller to specify which flags are important and
which are not, for example to exclude system memory regions.
The behaviour of the function is changed such that they don't
preferentially search for a non-system memory region. However, system
memory regions are added after other regions in decode_regions() leading
to a similar outcome.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Scull <ascull@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Evolve dm_pci_map_bar() to include an offset and length parameter. These
allow a portion of the memory to be mapped and range checks to be
applied.
Passing both the offset and length as zero results in the previous
behaviour and this is used to migrate the previous callers.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Scull <ascull@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Add tests for the functions dm_pci_bus_to_phys() and
dm_pci_phys_to_bus() which convert between PCI bus addresses and
physical addresses based on the ranges declared for the PCI controller.
The ranges of bus#1 are used for the tests, adding a translation to one
of the ranges to cover more cases.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Scull <ascull@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
When converting between PCI bus and physical addresses, include a length
parameter that can be used to check that the entire range fits within
one of the PCI regions. This prevents an address being returned that
might be only partially valid for the range it is going to be used for.
Where the range check is not wanted, passing a length of 0 will have the
same behaviour as before this change.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Scull <ascull@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
When parsing the `ranges` DT node, check that both extremes of the
regions are addressable without overflow. This assumption can then be
safely made when processing the regions.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Scull <ascull@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
The flags parameter of dm_pci_map_bar() is used for PCI region flags
rather than memory mapping flags. Fix the type to match that of the
region flags and stop using the regions flags as memory mapping flags.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Scull <ascull@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Read the virtio PCI capability out of the device configuration space to
a struct rather than accessing fields directly from the configuration
space as they are needed. This both makes access to the fields easier
and avoids re-reading fields.
Re-reading fields could result in time-of-check to time-of-use problems,
should the value in the configuration space change. The range check of
the `bar` field and the later call to `dm_pci_read_bar32()` is an
example of where this could happen.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Scull <ascull@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Ensure the virtio PCI capabilities are contained within the bounds of
the device's configuration space. The expected size of the capability is
passed when searching for the capability to enforce this check.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Scull <ascull@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Check that the common config is at least as large as the struct it is
expected to contain. Only then is it safe to cast the pointer and be
safe from out-of-bounds accesses.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Scull <ascull@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Make sure virtio notifications are written within their allocated
buffer.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Scull <ascull@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
The device config is optional, so check it was present and mapped before
trying to use the pointer. Bounds violations are an error, not just a
warning, so bail if the checks fail.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Scull <ascull@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
The length of the device config was erroneously being taken from the
notify capability. Correct this by finding the length in the device
capability.
Fixes: 550435edf8 ("virtio: pci: Support non-legacy PCI transport device")
Signed-off-by: Andrew Scull <ascull@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Add a new config to control whether the driver for legacy virtio PCI
devices is included in the build. VIRTIO_PCI_LEGACY is included by
default when VIRTIO_PCI is selected, but it can also be independently
toggled.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Scull <ascull@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
This commit adds the Kconfig option to disable to enter
the U-Boot console from bootmenu.
If CMD_BOOTMENU_ENTER_UBOOT_CONSOLE is enabled, "U-Boot console"
entry is appeared as the last entry in the bootmenu, then user can
enter U-Boot console.
If CMD_BOOTMENU_ENTER_UBOOT_CONSOLE is disabled, "Quit" entry
is appeared as the last entry instead of "U-Boot console".
When user chooses "Quit" from bootmenu, the following default
commands are invoked.
- "bootefi bootmgr" (if efi bootmgr is enabled)
- "run bootcmd"
If the both commands are executed and returns to the bootmenu,
the bootmenu will appears again.
Signed-off-by: Masahisa Kojima <masahisa.kojima@linaro.org>
This commit adds the UEFI related menu entries
into the bootmenu.
User can select which UEFI "Boot####" option to execute
from bootmenu, then bootmenu sets the "BootNext" UEFI
variable and invoke efi bootmgr. The efi bootmgr
will handle the "BootNext" UEFI variable.
If the "BootNext" UEFI variable is preset and efi bootmgr is enabled,
bootmenu invokes efi bootmgr to handle "BootNext" as first priority.
The UEFI boot entry has the "UEFI BOOTXXXX" prefix as below.
*** U-Boot Boot Menu ***
UEFI BOOT0000 : debian
UEFI BOOT0001 : ubuntu
Signed-off-by: Masahisa Kojima <masahisa.kojima@linaro.org>
This is a preparation for succeeding addition of uefi boot
and distro boot menu entries into bootmenu.
The bootmenu_entry title is updated to u16 string because
uefi use u16 string. This commit also factors out the function
to prepare the entries generated by "bootmenu_x" U-Boot environment
variable.
Signed-off-by: Masahisa Kojima <masahisa.kojima@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Under the current implementation, booting from removable media using
a architecture-specific default image name, say BOOTAA64.EFI, is
supported only in distro_bootcmd script. See the commit 74522c898b
("efi_loader: Add distro boot script for removable media").
This is, however, half-baked implementation because
1) UEFI specification requires this feature to be implemented as part
of Boot Manager's responsibility:
3 - Boot Manager
3.5.1 Boot via the Simple File Protocol
When booting via the EFI_SIMPLE_FILE_SYSTEM_PROTOCOL, the FilePath will
start with a device path that points to the device that implements the
EFI_SIMPLE_FILE_SYSTEM_PROTOCOL or the EFI_BLOCK_IO_PROTOCOL. The next
part of the FilePath may point to the file name, including
subdirectories, which contain the bootable image. If the file name is
a null device path, the file name must be generated from the rules
defined below.
...
3.5.1.1 Removable Media Boot Behavior
To generate a file name when none is present in the FilePath, the
firmware must append a default file name in the form
\EFI\BOOT\BOOT{machine type short-name}.EFI ...
2) So (1) entails the hehavior that the user's preference of boot media
order should be determined by Boot#### and BootOrder variables.
With this patch, the semantics mentioned above is fully implemented.
For example, if you want to boot the system from USB and SCSI in this
order,
* define Boot0001 which contains only a device path to the USB device
(without any file path/name)
* define Boot0002 which contains only a device path to the SCSI device,
and
* set BootOrder to Boot0001:Boot0002
To avoid build error for sandbox, default file name "BOOTSANDBOX.efi"
is defined even if it is out of scope of UEFI specification.
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Masahisa Kojima <masahisa.kojima@linaro.org>
On sandbox use binary name corresponding to host architecture.
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
To make user aware of the menu entry selection, menu always
appears regardless of the number of entry.
Signed-off-by: Masahisa Kojima <masahisa.kojima@linaro.org>
Adjust test/py/tests/test_bootmenu.py
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
lib/charset.c is not optional for
EFI_APP || EFI_LOADER || UFS || UT_UNICODE.
These must select CONFIG_CHARSET.
Fixes: 726cd9836d ("efi: Make unicode printf available to the app")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
The unit test has not been built since CPU_V7 was rename CPU_V7A.
Fixes: acf1500138 ("arm: v7: Kconfig: Rename CPU_V7 as CPU_V7A")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
When resetting the text console the colors have to be set before clearing
the screen. Otherwise the background color may be wrong.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
* correct output for timeout > 99 s
* don't use spaces to advance to the output column
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Based on reading https://www.msys2.org/docs/ci/ and "Other Systems"
rework how we update MSYS2 to the current version. We run it once, to
perform nothing other than being the first run, then we run pacman
twice.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Add Nuvoton NPCM BMC Flash Interface Unit(FIU) SPI master
controller driver using SPI-MEM interface.
The FIU supports single, dual or quad communication interface.
The FIU controller driver provides flash access in UMA(User
Mode Access) mode by using an indirect address/data mechanism.
the dts node is followed upstream kernel dts name.
Signed-off-by: Jim Liu <JJLIU0@nuvoton.com>
Signed-off-by: Stanley Chu <yschu@nuvoton.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
[Jagan: fixed the Kconfig, Makefile order]
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
To quote the author:
U-Boot provides a verified-boot feature based around FIT, but there is
no standard way of implementing it for a board. At present the various
required pieces must be built up separately, to produce a working
implementation. In particular, there is no built-in support for selecting
A/B boot or recovery mode.
This series introduces VPL, a verified program loader phase for U-Boot.
Its purpose is to run the verified-boot process and decide which SPL
binary should be run. It is critical that this decision happens before
SPL runs, since SPL sets up SDRAM and we need to be able to update the
SDRAM-init code in the field.
Adding VPL into the boot flow provides a standard place to implement
verified boot. This series includes the phase itself, some useful Kconfig
options and a sandbox_vpl build for sandbox. No verfied-boot support is
provided in this series.
Most of the patches in this series are fixes and improvements to docs and
various Kconfig conditions for SPL.
Add an initial VPL build for sandbox. This includes the flow:
TPL (with of-platdata) -> VPL -> SPL -> U-Boot
To run it:
./tpl/u-boot-tpl -D
The -D is needed to get the default device tree, which includes the serial
console info.
Add a Makefile check for OF_HOSTFILE which is the option that enables
devicetree control on sandbox.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add support for VPL, a new phase of U-Boot. This runs after TPL. It is
responsible for selecting which SPL binary to run, based on a
verified-boot process.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The current logic checks several options to decide whether SPL/TPL need
the U-Boot devicetree to be built. In fact we can check OF_CONTROL, which
is enabled in all cases that matter.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This feature is not available in SPL unless common/ and lib/ are built.
Update the Kconfig to avoid build errors.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
MPP55 is used as a reset connected to the L3 switch chip. This doesn't
matter for u-boot as it doesn't use the L3 switch but it is useful to
be able to toggle the switch in/out of reset for the OS.
Signed-off-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The Zyxel NSA310s board has the network chip Marvell Alaska 88E1318S.
Use uclass mvgbe and the compatible driver M88E1310 driver to bring
up Ethernet.
- Use uclass mvgbe to bring up the network. And remove ad-hoc code.
- Remove CONFIG_RESET_PHY_R.
- Enable CONFIG_PHY_MARVELL to properly configure the network.
- Add phy mode RGMII to kirkwood-nsa310s.dts
- Miscellaneous changes: Move constants to .c file and remove header file
board/zyxel/nsa310s/nsa310s.h, add support for large USB and SATA HDDs,
use BIT macro, add/cleanup comments, and cosmetic changes.
Note that this patch is depended on the following patch:
https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/project/uboot/patch/20220412201820.10291-1-mibodhi@gmail.com/
Signed-off-by: Tony Dinh <mibodhi@gmail.com>
For most Kirkwood boards, the PHY page is already set to page 0
(in register 22) before phy_connect is invoked. But some board like
the Zyxel NSA310S (which uses the network chip MV88E1318S), the PHY page
is not set to page 0. There seems to be some bad data remained in
register 22 when the uclass MVGBE about to invoke phy_connect().
This patch enables the uclass MVGBE to always set the PHY page to 0
before phy_connect.
For reference, please see this discussion:
[RFC PATCH v2] arm: kirkwood: nsa310s: Use Marvell uclass mvgbe
and PHY driver for DM Ethernet.
https://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot/2022-April/480946.html
This patch has been tested with the following Kirkwood boards:
NSA310S (88F6702, network chip MV88E1318S)
Sheevaplug (88F6281, network chip MV88E1318)
Pogo V4 (88F6192, network chip 88E1116R)
GF Home(88F6281, network chip 88E1116R)
Dreamplug (88F6281, network chip MV88E1318)
Dell Kace M300 (88F6282, network chip MV88E1318) - out of tree u-boot
Signed-off-by: Tony Dinh <mibodhi@gmail.com>
U-Boot for Turris Omnia is always compiled with MMC, SCSI and USB support,
so always enable macros for booting from these devices.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
CONFIG_ETHPRIME defines primary ethernet device and env variable $ethact
stores currently active ethernet device.
So there is no point to set ethact= in default environment. Instead set
CONFIG_ETHPRIME properly.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
PCIe Mini CEM 2.1 spec added support for USB3.0 mode on MiniPCIe cards.
USB3.0 and PCIe share same pins and only one function can be active at the
same time. PCIe Mini CEM 2.1 spec says that determining function is
platform specific and spec does not define any dedicated pin which could
say if card is USB3.0-based or PCIe-based.
Implement this platform specific decision (USB3.0 vs PCIe) for WWAN
MiniPCIe slot on Turris Omnia via U-Boot env variable "omnia_wwan_slot",
similarly like is implemented forced mode for MiniPCIe/mSATA slot via
"omnia_msata_slot" env variable. Value "usb3" for "omnia_wwan_slot" would
mean to set USB3.0 mode and value "pcie" original PCIe mode.
A385 SoC on Turris Omnia has configurable fifth SerDes line (exported to
MiniPCIe WWAN slot with SIM card) either to USB3.0 or PCIe functionality,
so implementation of this new PCIe Mini CEM 2.1 feature is simple, by just
configuring SerDes to USB 3.0 mode.
Other twos MiniPCIe slots on Turris Omnia do not have this new
functionality as their SerDes lines cannot be switched to USB3.0
functionality.
Note that A385 SoC does not have too many USB3.0 blocks, so activating
USB3.0 in MiniPCIe cause that one external USB3.0 USB-A port would loose
USB3.0 functionality and would be downgraded just to USB2.0.
By default this MiniPCIe WWAN slot is in PCIe mode, like before.
To set this MiniPCIe WWAN slot to USB3.0 mode, call U-Boot commands:
=> setenv omnia_wwan_slot usb3
=> saveenv
=> reset
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Show error message when DT file does not contain sata or pcie node which
should be explicitly disabled. This can happen when U-Boot code for finding
those nodes is incomplete or when those DT nodes are in different
unexpected location. In any case it is needed to know if DT not was not
explicitly disabled as it could mean that combo slots where setup
incorrectly.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Move code for disabling sata and pcie DT nodes to own functions, so this
code can be called from other places in follow up patches.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Some PCIe-based MiniPCIe cards are broken and they do not ground PIN 43
which is required by PCIe mini CEM specs. Such broken cards are incorrectly
detected as mSATA cards because SATA specs requires that PIN 43 on mSATA
cards has to be disconnected.
PIN 43 on Turris Omnia is used only for MiniPCIe/mSATA card detection by
software in U-Boot SPL. Allow to override that U-Boot SPL detection by a
new "omnia_msata_slot" env variable (to value "pcie" or "sata") so broken
MiniPCIe cards can be used in combo mSATA/MiniPCIe slot too.
As configuration of PCIe vs SATA functionality is done in U-Boot SPL,
it is required to change env variable in permanent storage and reset the
board to take effect.
To force PCIe mode for broken MiniPCIe cards, call U-Boot commands:
=> setenv omnia_msata_slot pcie
=> saveenv
=> reset
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
By default use primary serdes map with PCIe function in combined
miniPCIe/mSATA slot. When SATA is detected change serdes map variable at
runtime.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
BootROM maps SPI Flash to fixed address 0xD4000000 and this mapping is
active also when BootROM is executing binary kwbimage headers, which
includes also U-Boot SPL.
Therefore no initialization code is required to access SPI Flags from
U-Boot SPL. In proper U-Boot it is remapped to other location.
So in mvebu implementation of env_sf_get_env_addr() function returns
0xD4000000 when running in SPL and NULL when in proper U-Boot.
This change would allow to use U-Boot ENV in U-Boot SPL. Normally it is not
possible to read ENV because it is too big and U-Boot SPL does not have
such big malloc() pool to real all ENV variables.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
In some cases it makes sense to use env_sf_init_addr() also in SPL mode.
Allow it for boards by providing custom implementation of weak function
env_sf_get_env_addr(). When this function returns NULL it signals that
address is invalid, like config option CONFIG_ENV_ADDR.
There is no change in default behavior or in config options.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Pull request for efi-2022-07-rc2
UEFI:
* fix UEFI booting after integration of UEFI sub-system with driver model
* avoid random return values from devpath_is_partition()
* minor code clean ups
To quote the author:
I've been experimenting with ASAN on sandbox and turned up a few issues
that are fixed in this series.
Basic ASAN was easy to turn on, but integrating with dlmalloc was
messier and fairly intrusive. Even when I had it working, there was only
a small redzone between allocations which limits the usefulness.
I saw another series on the list by Sean Anderson to enable valgrind
which was finding a different set of issues, though there was one
overlap that Sean is fixing with
"[PATCH] IOMUX: Fix access past end of console_devices".
With these issues fixed, I was able to run the dm tests without any ASAN
issues. There are a couple of leaks reported at the end, but that's for
another day.
Use-after-free shouldn't be used, even in tests. It's bad practice and
makes the test brittle.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Scull <ascull@google.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This tests calls regmap_read() which takes a uint pointer as an output
parameter. The test was passing a pointer to a u16 which resulted in an
overflow when the output was written. Fix this by following the
regmap_read() API and passing a uint pointer instead.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Scull <ascull@google.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Cc: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
Cc: Pratyush Yadav <p.yadav@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Data is written for each channel but is only tracked as having one
channel written. This resulted in a buffer overflow and corruption of
the allocator's metadata which caused further problems when the buffer
was later freed. This could be observed with sandbox unit tests.
Resolve the overflow by tracking the writes for each channel.
Fixes: f987177db9 ("dm: sound: Use the correct number of channels for sound")
Signed-off-by: Andrew Scull <ascull@google.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The buffer is 512 bytes but read requests can be 800 bytes. Limit the
request to the size of the buffer.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Scull <ascull@google.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When copying the string in copy_to_unicode(), check for the null
terminator in each position, not just at the start, to avoid reading
beyond the end of the string.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Scull <ascull@google.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
There are expecte to be bars 0 through 5, but the last of these was
missing leading to an read beyond the buffer. Add the missing element
with zero values.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Scull <ascull@google.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The '--args' parameter to gdb comes before the binary that the debugger
will be attached to rather than after the binary and before the
arguments. Fix that in the docs.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Scull <ascull@google.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
efi_init_early() creates an event hook for block device probing.
It has to be called before any block device is probed.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
While GPT partition is mandated in UEFI specification, CONFIG_PARTITION is
seen optional under the current implementation.
So modify efi_disk_rw_blocks() to allow accepting UCLASS_BLK devices.
Fixes: commit d97e98c887 ("efi_loader: disk: use udevice instead of blk_desc")
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Tested-by: Mark Kettenis <kettenis@openbsd.org>
If the path consists only of an end node, it does not refer to a partition.
Avoid returning a random value from the stack in this case.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
The log functions print file name, line number, and function name if
selected via the log command or customizing. Don't print the function
name twice.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
The top level DT node of gpio-leds is not a LED itself, bind NOP uclass
driver to it, and bind different LED uclass driver to its subnodes which
represent the actual LEDs. This simplifies the probe() implementation
and fixes the bogus top-level not-an-LED in 'led list' command output:
```
=> led list
led Error -121 <--- This is removed/fixed by this patch
green:user0 off
```
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Cc: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Cc: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Steven Lawrance <steven.lawrance@softathome.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Tested-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Calling device_probe() from uclass .post_bind() callback has all kinds
of odd side-effects, e.g. device instances not being available just yet.
Make use of the DM_FLAG_PROBE_AFTER_BIND instead, mark device instances
which need to be probe()d in order to configure the LED default state
with this flag and let the DM core do the device_probe() at the right
time instead.
Fixes: 72675b063b ("led: Configure LED default-state on boot")
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Cc: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Cc: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Steven Lawrance <steven.lawrance@softathome.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Tested-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Introduce DM_FLAG_PROBE_AFTER_BIND flag, which can be set by driver or
uclass in .bind(), to indicate such driver instance should be probe()d
once binding of all devices is complete.
This is useful in case the driver determines that hardware initialization
is mandatory on boot, and such initialization happens only in probe().
This also solves the inability to call device_probe() from .bind().
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Cc: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Cc: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Steven Lawrance <steven.lawrance@softathome.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Tested-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Second set of u-boot-at91 features for the 2022.07 cycle:
This feature set includes the new driver for the AT91 reset controller,
a new board called sam9x60 curiosity, and several other fixes and
clean-ups (sama7g5ek qspi clock, impedance; remove unused code,
introduce Kconfig symbols for SPL timers)
It looks quite weird that for non PPC platforms cpu driver for MPC83xx can
be selected. That's why define proper dependency.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Manish Tomar's email bounces. Remove it, and reassign the config he was
maintaining to the primary maintainer for the board.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Upstream Linux kernel uses for mpc8548-based PCIe controllers compatible
string "fsl,mpc8548-pcie". So change U-Boot fsl PCIe driver and all DTS
files to use "fsl,mpc8548-pcie" instead of "fsl,pcie-mpc8548" to be
compatible with Linux kernel.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Linux P2020 USB kernel driver uses compatible string fsl-usb2-dr-v1.6 and
needs more DT properties. Copy P2020 usb@22000 properties from upstream
Linux kernel.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
interrupts property for spi@7000 node is needed for compatibility with
Linux kernel.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Device tree include file p2020-post.dtsi should be included after the board
device tree file and overrides settings of the board. So it should not
disable some node as board cannot enable it via normal way (it has to
enable it after inclusion of p2020-post.dtsi file).
Fix it by removal of explicit disable in p2020-post.dtsi file and then
remove explicit post-post enable in all P2020 board device tree files.
Currently no P2020 board has spi@7000 node disabled.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Linux kernel eSDHC driver for P2020 requires additional compatible string
fsl,p2020-esdhc and interrupts property. Add them to p2020-post.dtsi file
to make U-Boot board DTS files compatible for Linux kernel.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Import pq3-etsec1-timer-0.dtsi device tree include file from upstream Linux
kernel for P2020. This allows U-Boot to use P2020 device tree files from
upstream Linux kernel which reference ptp_clock@24e00 device.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Import pq3-gpio-0.dtsi device tree include file from upstream Linux kernel
for P2020. This allows U-Boot to use P2020 device tree files from upstream
Linux kernel which reference gpio-controller@fc00 device.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Replace hardcoded i2c hex values for NOR banks by named SW macros in
map_lowernorbank/map_uppernorbank env commands.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Replace hardcoded boot i2c bus num and address by existing macros when
generating env for CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS.
Same macros are used in U-Boot board code when reading information from
boot i2c data.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Do not stringify env $vscfw_addr two times (once implicitly via string
operator "" and second time explicitly via __stringify() macro) and allow
to compile U-Boot without CONFIG_VSC7385_ENET (when __VSCFW_ADDR was not
defined and so macro name was stringified into CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS).
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Whole section about USB/eLBC configuration seems to be P1020 specific. So
add ifdefs to not compile it on other platforms (e.g. P2020).
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Like for first 1G SDRAM map, do not enable Caching-inhibited nor Guarded
attribute for second 1G SDRAM mapping. Whole 2G SDRAM should use caches and
also allow speculative loading (by not setting Guarded attribute).
Also enable Memory Coherency attribute for second 1G SDRAM map. In commit
316f0d0f8f ("powerpc: mpc85xx: Fix static TLB table for SDRAM") it was
enabled for all SDRAM maps on all other boards, just missed this one case.
As a last thing, first 1G SDRAM map has wrong comment, so adjust it.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
When MPC85xx_PMUXCR_SDHC_WP is set then SDHC controller automatically makes
inserted SD card readonly if GPIO[9] is active.
In some design GPIO[9] pin does not have to be connected to SD card
write-protect pin and can be used as GPIO.
So do not set MPC85xx_PMUXCR_SDHC_WP bit when GPIO[9] is not used for
SDHC_WP functionality.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
As written in comment, P2020 has two possible SD switch configurations.
Extend code to detect both of them.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Like in all other checks in checkboard() function, do not hang on error.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
It is too confusing if sections are defined in non-ascending order.
Also linker has to go backward and then again forward when generating final
binary.
To make future changes easier, define all linker sections in ascending
order.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Linker knows exact size of the image, so there is no need to use
CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN macro (which should be upper limit).
Remove usage of CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN macro to simplify setup.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
.interp section is not available in output ELF binary and SIZEOF_HEADERS is
needed at all.
There is no change in generated u-boot.bin binary.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
mpc85xx SPL NAND linker script u-boot-nand_spl.lds is not used since
Jun 2014 commit 0234446fd1 ("nand_spl: remove MPC8536DS support").
Remove it.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
[Rebased]
Signed-off-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Currently CONFIG_OF_SEPARATE is completely broken and U-Boot for some
mpc85xx board (e.g. P2020) has to be compiled with CONFIG_OF_EMBED.
Otherwise it crashes during early init.
When debug console is enabled and all debug logging options are turned on
then U-Boot on P2020 with CONFIG_OF_SEPARATE prints following error:
No valid device tree binary found at 110dc300
initcall sequence 110d3560 failed at call 1109535c (err=-1)
### ERROR ### Please RESET the board ###
Problem is with appended DTB. When CONFIG_SYS_MPC85XX_NO_RESETVEC is set
U-Boot binary image without DTB ends immediately after the .u_boot_list
section. At this position is defined _end symbol at which U-Boot expects
start of the appended DTB.
Problem is that after .u_boot_list section are in linker script defined
another sections with 256 byte long padding which are completely empty.
During conversion of U-Boot ELF binary to RAW binary u-boot-nodtb.bin,
objcopy removes trailing zero padding and therefore DTB is appended at
wrong position.
Changing alignment from 256 bytes to 4 bytes fixes this issue. And appended
DTB is finally at he correct position. With this fix U-Boot on P2020 with
CONFIG_OF_SEPARATE option starts working again.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
For compatibility with Linux kernel DTS files and also with other U-Boot
powerpc DTS files, rename esdhc@2e000 node to sdhc@2e000 in p1020-post.dtsi
and p2020-post.dtsi include files.
Linux kernel DTS files which include these dtsi files, expect that esdhc
node has name sdhc@2e000 and do not work with other node names.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
This node is required for NAND and NOR support. Node is taken from the
upstream Linux kernel DTS file.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
QorIQ pre-PBL BootROM scans first 24 SD card sectors (each with fixed 512
bytes length) for boot signature. Implement same redundancy behavior in
fsl_esdhc_spl driver to allow loading proper U-Boot when boot sector is not
the first one.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
According to Linux kernel DT schema nand-controller.yaml, using DT property
nand-ecc-algo=bch is the correct way for specifying BCH as ECC algorithm.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Initialize ECC configuration after nand_scan_ident() call and only in case
nand_scan_ident() have not done it. nand_scan_ident() fills ECC
configuration from device tree.
Fixes usage of NAND_ECC_SOFT_BCH when it is specified in device tree.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
This allows boards to specify NAND settings via standard DT properties.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Import pq3-duart-0.dtsi device tree include file from upstream Linux kernel
for P2020. This allows U-Boot to use P2020 device tree files from upstream
Linux kernel which reference serial0 or serial1 devices.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
P2020 DTS files in upstream Linux kernel use fsl/p2020si-pre.dtsi and
fsl/p2020si-post.dtsi include device tree files.
Add symlinks for these include device tree files into U-Boot powerpc
directory and points them to U-Boot inline device tree files p2020.dtsi and
p2020-post.dtsi.
This allows to use P2020 DTS files from upstream Linux kernel in U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
When env support is disabled then usage of env_init() or env_relocate()
generates linker errors. So do not compile env_init() or env_relocate()
in SPL code when env support is disabled in SPL.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
When env support is disabled then usage of env_get_f() generates linker
errors. So do not compile env_get_f() when env support is disabled (for
example when disabled only in SPL).
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
When env support is disabled then usage of env_get() generates linker
errors. So do not compile env_get() when env support is disabled (for
example when disabled only in SPL).
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
When CONFIG_LOGLEVEL is set to LOGL_DEBUG or higher then linker throws
error about undefined symbol mmc_mode_name(). So compile mmc_mode_name()
also when CONFIG_LOGLEVEL is set to LOGL_DEBUG or higher.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
If env is stored on SD card then U-Boot SPL automatically calls mmc_init()
before it is going to load proper U-Boot from SD card.
If env is not stored on SD card then U-Boot SPL fails to read proper U-Boot
from SD card due to missing mmc_init() call.
So add missing mmc_init() call into fsl_esdhc_spl's mmc_boot() function.
It fixes booting from SD card on P2020 boards without env support in SPL.
mmc_init() returns early if card was already initialized, so there is no
issue with calling this function more times.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
In pre-PBL header is stored size of code which BootROM copies from SD card
to L2/SRAM. This size has upper limit of L2 cache size. In most cases this
is size of U-Boot SPL or size of L2 cache.
Therefore this size in pre-PBL header cannot be used for determining size
of proper U-Boot.
So always use CONFIG_SYS_MMC_U_BOOT_SIZE for determining size of proper
U-Boot which stored on SD card.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Pre-PBL BootROMs (MPC8536E, MPC8569E, P2020, P1011, P1012, P1013, P1020,
P1021, P1022) require custom BOOT signature on sector 0 and MBR/DBR
signature is not required at all.
So add check for BOOT signature and remove check for MBR/DBR.
This allows U-Boot SPL to load proper U-Boot on pre-PBL BootROMs platforms
also from SD cards which do not have MBR/DBR signature on sector 0.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
The real entry point is _start_e500. There is no _start symbol at all. So
rename _start_e500 to _start for convension that _start symbol is used as
entry point.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
_start symbol contains only 32-bit data number 0x27051956 despite it is
marked as text section. This magic number is IH_MAGIC which is used for
marking uboot image header.
mpc85xx start.S code does not define valid uboot image header, so IH_MAGIC
number in _start symbol is useless there.
Moreover this _start symbol is not used at all. Entry point is at symbol
_start_e500.
So because this _start symbol is not used for anything, completely remove
it with IH_MAGIC number. After _start symbol was _start_cont symbol, so
replace all relative address calculations by _start_cont.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
[Rebased]
Signed-off-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
NXP/Freescale Layerscape CPUs support high-speed serial interfaces (SERDES)
that can be configured for the application. Interfaces not used by the
application can be set to protocol 0 to turn them off and save power, but
U-Boot would emit a warning that 0 was invalid for a SERDES protocol on
boot. Replace the warning text with a notice that the SERDES is disabled.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Carlson <stcarlso@linux.microsoft.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
For now, this only provides reset and poweroff functions.
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
[Rebased]
Signed-off-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
There is an user-selectable SYS_HAS_ARMV8_SECURE_BASE, which has the
same meaning but is just for the ls1043ardb board. As no in-tree config
uses this, drop it and replace it with something more sophiticated:
ARMV8_PSCI_RELOCATE. This option will then enable the ARMV8_SECURE_BASE
option which is used as the base to relocate the PSCI code (or any code
in the secure region, but that is only PSCI). A SoC (or board) can now
opt-in into having such a secure region by enabling
SYS_HAS_ARMV8_SECURE_BASE. Enable it for the LS1043A SoC, where it was
possible to relocate the PSCI code before as well as on the LS1028A SoC
where there will be PSCI support soon.
Additionally, make ARMV8_PSCI and SEC_FIRMWARE_ARMV8_PSCI exclusive.
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
If we are running in EL2 skip PSCI implementation setup. This avoids an
exception if CONFIG_ARMV8_PSCI is set, but u-boot is started by TF-A.
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
There are two different implementations to do a secure monitor call:
smc_call() and arm_smccc_smc(). The former is defined in fwcall.c and
seems to be an ad-hoc implementation. The latter is imported from linux.
smc_call() is also only available if CONFIG_ARMV8_PSCI is not defined.
This makes it impossible to have both PSCI calls and PSCI implementation
in one u-boot build. The layerscape SoC code decide at runtime via
check_psci() if there is a PSCI support. Therefore, this is a
prerequisite patch to add PSCI implementation support for the layerscape
SoCs.
Note, for the TFA part, this is only compile time tested with
(ls1028ardb_tfa_defconfig).
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
[Rebased]
Signed-off-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
psci_update_dt() is also required if CONFIG_ARMV8_PSCI is set, that is,
if u-boot is the PSCI provider.
Guard the check which is intended to call into the PSCI implementation
in the secure firmware, by the proper macro SEC_FIRMWARE_ARMV8_PSCI.
Mark the function as weak because - unfortunately - there is already
a stub of the same function in arch/arm/mach-rmobile/psci-r8a779a0.c
which does not the same as the common one.
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
The impedance of the QSPI PCB lines on the sama7g5ek is 50 Ohms.
Align the output impedance of the QSPI0 HSIOs by setting a medium drive
strength which corresponds to an impedance of 56 Ohms when VDD is in the
3.0V - 3.6V range. The high drive strength setting corresponds to an
output impedance of 42 Ohms on the QSPI0 HSIOs.
This is just a fine tunning. The memory that we have populated on sama7g5ek
works fine even with high drive strength, but it's better to adjust it and
use medium instead, in case some other flashes with higher frequencies are
tested.
Suggested-by: Mihai Sain <mihai.sain@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: Tudor Ambarus <tudor.ambarus@microchip.com>
QSPI1 used the clock of QSPI0, fix it.
Fixes: 5eecc37bb1 ("ARM: dts: at91: sama7g5: Add QSPI0 and OSPI1 nodes")
Signed-off-by: Tudor Ambarus <tudor.ambarus@microchip.com>
Use the spi_mem_default_supports_op() core helper in order to take into
account the buswidth specified by the user in device tree.
Fixes: 24c8ff4684 ("spi: Add Atmel QuadSPI driver")
Signed-off-by: Tudor Ambarus <tudor.ambarus@microchip.com>
With the commit that moves the BOOTCOMMAND to Kconfig:
970bf8603b ("Convert CONFIG_USE_BOOTCOMMAND et al to Kconfig")
some stray ifdefs have been left in the header files which
are now useless.
Clean up the include files to remove these lines.
Fixes: 970bf8603b ("Convert CONFIG_USE_BOOTCOMMAND et al to Kconfig")
Signed-off-by: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@microchip.com>
This commit allows the ATMEL_PIT_TIMER driver to be unselected in SPL and be
selected in u-boot proper. The SPL can use a different timer.
By having a separate Kconfig for ATMEL_TCB in SPL, the size of the SPL
decreases by 0.3 KBytes.
Signed-off-by: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@microchip.com>
This commit allows the ATMEL_TCB driver to be unselected in SPL and be
selected in u-boot proper. The SPL can use a different timer.
By having a separate Kconfig for ATMEL_TCB in SPL, the size of the SPL
decreases by 1 KByte.
Signed-off-by: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@microchip.com>
This commit removes the default reset driver for armv7, since
it is no longer needed due to the presence of the SYSRESET driver.
Signed-off-by: Sergiu Moga <sergiu.moga@microchip.com>
This commit adds a condition to the Makefile so that whenever the SYSRESET
option is chosen in the configuration, the default reset driver is ignored.
Signed-off-by: Sergiu Moga <sergiu.moga@microchip.com>
To quote the author:
The bootflow feature provide a built-in way for U-Boot to automatically
boot an Operating System without custom scripting and other customisation.
This is called 'standard boot' since it provides a standard way for
U-Boot to boot a distro, without scripting.
It introduces the following concepts:
- bootdev - a device which can hold a distro
- bootmeth - a method to scan a bootdev to find bootflows (owned by
U-Boot)
- bootflow - a description of how to boot (owned by the distro)
This series provides an implementation of these, enabled to scan for
bootflows from MMC, USB and Ethernet. It supports the existing distro
boot as well as the EFI loader flow (bootefi/bootmgr). It works
similiarly to the existing script-based approach, but is native to
U-Boot.
With this we can boot on a Raspberry Pi 3 with just one command:
bootflow scan -lb
which means to scan, listing (-l) each bootflow and trying to boot each
one (-b). The final patch shows this.
With a standard way to identify boot devices, booting become easier. It
also should be possible to support U-Boot scripts, for backwards
compatibility only.
...
The design is described in these two documents:
https://drive.google.com/file/d/1ggW0KJpUOR__vBkj3l61L2dav4ZkNC12/view?usp=sharinghttps://drive.google.com/file/d/1kTrflO9vvGlKp-ZH_jlgb9TY3WYG6FF9/view?usp=sharing
'make tests' fails on Ubuntu 22.04 with:
binman: ./tools/binman/binman:12: DeprecationWarning:
The distutils package is deprecated and slated for removal in Python 3.12.
Use setuptools or check PEP 632 for potential alternatives
from distutils.sysconfig import get_python_lib
./tools/binman/binman:12: DeprecationWarning:
The distutils.sysconfig module is deprecated, use sysconfig instead
from distutils.sysconfig import get_python_lib
<unittest.result.TestResult run=428 errors=0 failures=4>
AssertionError: 0 != 468
As we don't use Ubuntu 16.04 for our CI anymore drop the import.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Alper Nebi Yasak <alpernebiyasak@gmail.com>
I ended up learning most of binman internals while trying to add a few
features to it, and I recently started reviewing binman series that
would not affect me personally. I'll keep working on it and try to do
more reviews.
Add myself as a maintainer for binman.
Signed-off-by: Alper Nebi Yasak <alpernebiyasak@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Binman interfaces allow attempts to replace any entry in the image with
arbitrary data. When trying to replace sections, the changes in the
section entry's data are not propagated to its child entries. This,
combined with how sections rebuild their contents from its children,
eventually causes the replaced contents to be silently overwritten by
rebuilt contents equivalent to the original data.
Add a simple test for replacing a section that is currently failing due
to this behaviour, and mark it as an expected failure. Also, raise an
error when replacing a section instead of silently pretending it was
replaced.
Signed-off-by: Alper Nebi Yasak <alpernebiyasak@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
A previous patch fixes binman to correctly extract FIT subentries. This
makes it easier to test replacing these entries as we can write tests
using an existing helper function that relies on extracting the replaced
entry.
Add tests that replace leaf entries in FIT subsections with data of
various sizes. Replacing the subsections or the whole FIT section does
not work yet due to the section contents being re-built from unreplaced
subentries' data.
Signed-off-by: Alper Nebi Yasak <alpernebiyasak@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When reading images from a file, each entry's data is read from its
parent section as specified in the Entry.Create() call that created it.
The FIT entry type has been creating its subentries under its parent
(their grandparent), as creating them under the FIT entry resulted in an
error until FIT was converted into a proper section.
FIT subentries have their offsets relative to the FIT section, and
reading those offsets in the parent section results in wrong data. The
subentries rightfully belong under the FIT entries, so create them
there. Add tests checking that we can extract the correct data for a FIT
entry and its subentries.
Signed-off-by: Alper Nebi Yasak <alpernebiyasak@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Binman FIT entry nodes describe their subentries in an 'images' subnode,
same as how they would be written for the mkimage executable. The entry
type initially manually managed its subentries keyed by their node paths
relative to its base node. It was later converted to a proper section
while still keeping the same keys for subentries.
These subentry keys of sections are used as path fragments, so they must
not contain the path separator character '/'. Otherwise, they won't be
addressable by binman extract/replace commands. Change these keys from
the '/images/foo' forms to the subentry node names. Extend the simple
FIT tests to check for this.
Signed-off-by: Alper Nebi Yasak <alpernebiyasak@gmail.com>
When an image has the 'allow-repack' property, binman includes the
original offset and size properties from the image description in the
fdtmap. These are later used as the packing constraints when replacing
entries in an image, so other unconstrained entries can be freely
positioned.
Replacing an entry in an image without 'allow-repack' (and therefore the
original offsets) follows the same logic and results in entries being
merely concatenated. Instead, skip resetting the calculated offsets and
sizes to the missing originals for these images so that every entry is
constrained to its existing offset/size.
Add tests that replace an entry with smaller or equal-sized data, in an
image that doesn't allow repacking. Attempting to do so with bigger-size
data is already an error that is already being tested.
Signed-off-by: Alper Nebi Yasak <alpernebiyasak@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Binman entries can use other executables to compute their data, usually
in their ObtainContents() methods. Subclasses of Entry_section would use
bintools in their BuildSectionData() method instead, which is called
from several places including their Pack().
These binary tools are resolved correctly while building an image from a
device-tree description so that they can be used from these methods.
However, this is not being done when replacing entries in an image,
which can result in an error as the Pack() methods attempt to use them.
Collect and resolve entries' bintools also when replacing entries to fix
Pack() errors. Add a way to mock bintool usage in the testing entry type
and tests that check bintools are being resolved for such an entry.
Signed-off-by: Alper Nebi Yasak <alpernebiyasak@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Binman can embed a copy of the image description into the images it
builds as a fdtmap entry, but it omits the /binman/<image-name> prefix
from the node paths while doing so. When reading an already-built image
file, entries are reconstructed using this fdtmap and their associated
nodes still lack that prefix.
Some entries like fit and vblock create intermediate files whose names
are based on an entry unique name. This name is constructed from their
node's path by concatenating the parents with dots up to the binman
node, e.g. /binman/image/foo/bar becomes 'image.foo.bar'.
However, we don't have this /binman/image prefix when replacing entries
in such an image. The /foo/bar entry we read when doing so erroneously
has the unique name of '/.foo.bar', causing permission errors when the
entry attempts to create files based on that.
Fix the unique-name generation by stopping at the '/' node like how it
stops at the binman node. As the unique names are used as filenames, add
tests that check if they're safe to use as filenames.
Signed-off-by: Alper Nebi Yasak <alpernebiyasak@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We would like to use bootstd by default when EFI boot manager is not
enabled. But so far bootstd does not support all the of distro-boot
fetures. So for now, add an option to select this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We need to create a disk image with a partition table and a DOS-format
filesystem containing a few files. Provide a fallback binary for CI since
it does not seem able to detect the loopback partitions.
Add this to a dm_init test so that it happens when needed.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a set of combined tests for the bootdev, bootflow and bootmeth
commands, along with associated functionality.
Expand the sandbox console-recording limit so that these can work.
These tests rely on a filesystem script which is not yet added to the
Python tests. It is included here as a shell script.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a bootdev driver for USB host. It can use the distro boot mechanism to
locate a file, or any other available bootmeth.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a bootmeth driver which handles distro boot from a disk via a U-Boot
script, so we can boot a bootflow using this commonly used mechanism. This
is required by Armbian, for example.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It is helpful to be able to try out bootstd on sandbox, using host files.
This is easier than using a block device, which must have a filesystem,
partition table, etc.
Add a new driver which provides this feature. For now it is not used in
tests, but it is likely to be useful.
Add notes in the devicetree also, but don't disturb the tests.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a bootmeth driver which handles EFI boot manager, using EFI_LOADER.
In effect, this provides the same functionality as the 'bootefi bootmgr'
command and shares the same code. But the interface into it is via a
bootmeth, so it does not require any special scripts, etc.
For now this requires the 'bootefi' command be enabled. Future work may
tidy this up so that it can be used without CONFIG_CMDLINE being enabled.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Some boot methods don't act on a single bootdev but instead do their own
thing. An example is EFI bootmgr which scan various devices using its own
logic. Add a bootdev to handle this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a bootmeth driver which handles EFI boot, using EFI_LOADER.
In effect, this provides the same functionality as the 'bootefi' command
and shares the same code. But the interface into it is via a bootmeth,
so it does not require any special scripts, etc.
For now this requires the 'bootefi' command be enabled. Future work may
tidy this up so that it can be used without CONFIG_CMDLINE being enabled.
There was much discussion about whether this is needed, but it seems
that it is, at least for now.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a bootmeth driver which handles distro boot from a network device, so
we can boot a bootflow using this commonly used mechanism.
In effect, this provides the same functionality as the 'pxe' command
and shares the same code. But the interface into it is via a bootmeth.
For now this requires the 'pxe' command be enabled. Future work may tidy
this up so that it can be used without CONFIG_CMDLINE being enabled.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a bootdev driver for MMC. It mostly just calls the bootdev helper
function.
Add a function to obtain the block device for an MMC controller.
Fix up the comment for mmc_get_blk_desc() while we are here.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a bootmeth driver which handles distro boot from a disk, so we can
boot a bootflow using this commonly used mechanism.
In effect, this provides the same functionality as the 'sysboot' command
and shares the same code. But the interface into it is via a bootmeth.
For now this requires the 'pxe' command be enabled. Future work may tidy
this up so that it can be used without CONFIG_CMDLINE being enabled.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a 'bootdev' command to handle listing and selection of bootdevs.
Disable standard boot for a few boards which otherwise run out of space.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
A bootmeth is a method of locating an operating system. For now, just
add the uclass itself. Drivers for particular bootmeths are added later.
If no bootmeths devices are included in the devicetree, create them
automatically. This avoids the need for boilerplate in the devicetree
files.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
A 'bootdev' is a device which can be used to boot an operating system.
It is a child of the media device (e.g. MMC) which handles reading files
from that device, such as a bootflow file.
Add a uclass for bootdev and the various helpers needed to make it
work. Also add a binding file, empty for now.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The 'bootstd' device provides the central information about U-Boot
standard boot.
Add a uclass for bootstd and the various helpers needed to make it
work. Also add a binding file.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
A bootflow encapsulates the process used to boot an operating system.
It typically has a control file (such as extlinux.conf) and information
about which 'bootdev' it came from.
Add the header file for this first, since it is needed by all other
files.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When sandbox is used with hostfs we won't have a block device, but still
must set up the filesystem type before any filesystem operation, such as
loading a file. Add a function to handle this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The bootflow tests need to use an MMC with an associated backing file
containing a filesystem. Update the fastboot tests to cope with this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
In some cases two devices are related and the only way to tell is to
check that the names partially patch. Add a way to check this without
needing to create a new string for the comparison.
Fix the comment for device_find_child_by_namelen() while we are here.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It seems that namelen is more common in U-Boot. Rename this function to
fit in better. Also fix a bug where it breaks the operation of
uclass_get_by_name() and add a test.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reported-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reported-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
At present it is not possible to find out which part of the string is the
number part and which is before it. Add a new variant which provides this
feature, so we can separate the two in the caller.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present this has a minor bug in that it reads the byte before the
start of the string, if it is empty. Also it doesn't handle a
non-numeric prefix which is only one character long.
Fix these bugs with a reworked implementation. Add a test for the second
case. The first one is hard to test.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tweak a few comments to kep sphinx happy, in case we want to include this
file one day.
Also fix the 'exxamine' typo.
Patch-notes:
This uses:
sed -i 's/@param \(\S*\)\s*/@\1: /' include/vsprintf.h
to convert the @param to the new format.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
There is a Kconfig for this erratum, but it is ignored for armv8.
Respect it.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
On Layerscape platforms, the DTB is loaded from boot filesystem,
per the fdt_addr description in doc/README.distro, it must be
removed.
Signed-off-by: Hou Zhiqiang <Zhiqiang.Hou@nxp.com>
[Rebased]
Signed-off-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
This is a follow-up patch for my "disk: don't compile in partition
support for spl/tpl if not really necessary".
"part" command is useful only if, at least, one of partition table types
is selected. So it should have a dependency on PARTITIONS which is now
automatically selected if one of partition table types is enabled.
With this change, *_defconfig which explicitly selects CMD_PART but
has no partition table types enabled should also be fixed.
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Pull request for efi-2022-07-rc1-3
Documentation:
* Document image size parameter of bootefi command
UEFI:
* avoid building partition support in SPL/TPL where not required
* improve integration of EFI subsystem and driver model
* restore ability to boot arbitrary blob
In most of all cases, we can avoid using blk_desc which is expected
to be private to udevice(UCLASS_BLK), that is, the data should not
be manipulated outside the device driver unless really needed.
Now efi_disk's internally use dev_read/write() interfaces
if CONFIG_PARTITIONS is enabled.
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
In include/blk.h, Simon suggested:
===>
/*
* These functions should take struct udevice instead of struct blk_desc,
* but this is convenient for migration to driver model. Add a 'd' prefix
* to the function operations, so that blk_read(), etc. can be reserved for
* functions with the correct arguments.
*/
unsigned long blk_dread(struct blk_desc *block_dev, lbaint_t start,
lbaint_t blkcnt, void *buffer);
unsigned long blk_dwrite(struct blk_desc *block_dev, lbaint_t start,
lbaint_t blkcnt, const void *buffer);
unsigned long blk_derase(struct blk_desc *block_dev, lbaint_t start,
lbaint_t blkcnt);
<===
So new interfaces are provided with this patch.
They are expected to be used everywhere in U-Boot at the end.
The exceptions are block device drivers, partition drivers and efi_disk
which should know details of blk_desc structure.
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
When we create an efi_disk device with an UEFI application using driver
binding protocol, the 'efi_driver' framework tries to create
a corresponding block device(UCLASS_BLK/IF_TYPE_EFI). This will lead to
calling a PROBE callback, efi_disk_probe().
In this case, however, we don't need to create another "efi_disk" device
as we already have this device instance.
So we should avoid recursively invoke further processing in the callback
function.
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This function is expected to be called, in particular from dm's pre_remove
hook, when associated block devices no longer exist.
Add efi_disk_remove() function.
This function removes an efi_disk object for a raw disk device (UCLASS_BLK)
and related objects for its partitions (UCLASS_PARTITION).
So this function is expected to be called through driver model's "remove"
interface every time a raw disk device is to be disconnected.
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When we create an efi_disk device with an UEFI application using driver
binding protocol, the 'efi_driver' framework tries to create
a corresponding block device(UCLASS_BLK/IF_TYPE_EFI). This will lead to
calling a PROBE callback, efi_disk_probe().
In this case, however, we don't need to create another "efi_disk" device
as we already have this device instance.
So we should avoid recursively invoke further processing in the callback
function.
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add efi_disk_probe() function.
This function creates an efi_disk object for a raw disk device (UCLASS_BLK)
and additional objects for related partitions (UCLASS_PARTITION).
So this function is expected to be called through driver model's "probe"
interface every time one raw disk device is detected and activated.
We assume that partition devices (UCLASS_PARTITION) have been created
when this function is invoked.
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
In the next commit, CONFIG_EFI_SETUP_EARLY will become mandated
in order to support dynamic enumeration of efi_disk objects.
This can, however, be problematic particularly in case of file-based
variable storage (efi_variable.c, default).
Non-volatile variables are to be restored from EFI system partition
by efi_init_variables() in efi_init_obj_list(). When efi_init_obj_list()
is called in board_init_r(), we don't know yet what disk devices
we have since none of device probing commands (say, scsi rescan) has not
been executed at that stage.
So in this commit, a preparatory change is made; efi_init_obj_list() is
broken into the two functions;
* efi_init_early(), and
* new efi_init_obj_list()
Only efi_init_early() will be called in board_init_r(), which allows
us to execute any of device probing commands, either though "preboot"
variable or normal command line, before calling efi_init_obj_list() which
is to be invoked at the first execution of an efi-related command
(or at efi_launch_capsules()) as used to be.
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Now that all the block device drivers have enable a probe hook, we will
call part_create_block_devices() to enumerate all the partitions and
create associated udevices when a block device is detected.
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
NOTE: probably we have to update config dependencies,
in particular, SPL/TPL_PRINTF?
With this new function, UCLASS_PARTITION devices will be created as
child nodes of UCLASS_BLK device.
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Some basic stuff about tag support is explained under
doc/devlop/driver-model.
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
U-Boot menu framework(common/menu.c) returns 1 if it is successful,
returns negative value if it fails.
Signed-off-by: Masahisa Kojima <masahisa.kojima@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Under the current Kconfigs, disk/part.c will be compiled in even if none of
partition table types are enabled. This will lead to the size growth of SPL
/TPL code.
With this patch, CONFIG_PARTITIONS is selected only if, at least, one of
CONFIG_*_PARTITION is enabled.
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Now we can build efi_loader with block device support (CONFIG_BLK) and
without CONFIG_PARTITIONS.
So change Makefile.
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
In the current implementation, partition table support (either GPT or DOS)
is not mandatory. So CONFIG_PARTITION_UUIDS should not be enabled
(selected) unconditionally.
Fixes: commit 17f8cda505 ("efi_loader: set partition GUID in device path for SIG_TYPE_GUID")
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Since host_get_dev_errr() is defined in drivers/block/sandbox.c,
the associated function prototype should be in a more appropriate
header file.
Fixes: commit 4101f68792 ("dm: Drop the block_dev_desc_t typedef")
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Some defconfig enables CMD_PART even if none of any partition table
types (CONFIG_*_PARTITION) are enabled.
This will lead to the size growth in SPL/TPL code since disk/part.c
will be compiled in any way.
We will change disk/Kconfig later so that CONFIG_PARTITIONS is only
enabled when, at least, one of CONFIG_*_PARTITION is enabled.
To make the build work (in particular, "part" command) correctly,
a few functions should be defined as void functions in case of
!CONFIG_PARTITIONS.
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Since CONFIG_[SPL|TPL]_PARTITIONS were introduced, part.h has not been
updated. Due to this, while the build won't fail, some functionality may
possibly break as some partition-related functions are nullified even
though some partition table types are enabled for SPL/TPL.
Fixes: commit 88ca8e2695 ("disk: Add an option for partitions in SPL")
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Some errno numbers are used in defining inline functions.
So "errno.h" should be explicitly included to avoid possible build errors.
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
A image_size parameter has been added to the bootefi parameter.
Describe all parameters.
Correct how the description of how the device-path in the loaded
image protocol is determined.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Up until commit 5f59518a7b ("efi_loader: setting boot device"), we
could boot an arbitrary blob with bootefi. Indeed, efi_run_image() even
has a special case for missing device paths indicating a payload that
was directly loaded via JTAG, for example.
Restore the ability to inject a UEFI payload into memory and `bootefi`
it. If the address passed isn't the last PE-COFF loaded, then we'll
wipe out the pre-existing DP/Image information and let efi_run_image()
synthesize a memory device path.
An image size is required if we're booting an arbitrary payload, and
the FDT argument has been changed to accept `-`. The size could be
deduced from the image header, but it's required anyways as an explicit
acknowledgment that one's trying to boot an arbitrary payload rather
than accidentally using the wrong address in the single-addr form.
Fixes: 5f59518a7b ("efi_loader: setting boot device")
Signed-off-by: Kyle Evans <kevans@FreeBSD.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
- Add "-q" to fdt addr and use it in distro_bootcmd to make the user
experience less scary reading in normal try/fail cases.
- Let the adc update an environment variable like many other commands do
- Fix TPL SEPARATE_BSS check when locating DTB
- Allow ":" in PXE file names again
- Two Apple M1 fixes
Unless you have a spare Apple Silicon machine, getting access to
the serial port on Apple Silicon machines requires special
hardware. Given that most machines come with a built-in screen
the framebuffer is likely to be the most convenient output device
for most users. While U-Boot will output to both serial and
framebuffer, OSes might not. Therefore set stdout-path to point
at /chosen/framebuffer when a keyboard is connected to the machine.
This behaviour can be overridden by setting the "stdout" variable
in the U-Boot environment. I addition to that keep the serial
console as the default when running under the m1n1 hypervisor.
The m1n1 hypervisor virtualizes the serial port such that it
can be easily accessed from any other machine with a USB port.
Signed-off-by: Mark Kettenis <kettenis@openbsd.org>
Reviewed-by: Janne Grunau <j@jannau.net>
Tested-by: Janne Grunau <j@jannau.net>
Enable CONFIG_NO_FB_CLEAR to preserve the Asahi logo. Since that
logo is drawn on a black background also enable
CONFIG_SYS_WHITE_ON_BLACK such that text printed by U-Boot is still
visible.
Signed-off-by: Mark Kettenis <kettenis@openbsd.org>
- U-boot's PXE flow supports prefixing your bootfile name with an
IP address to fetch from a server other than the DHCP server,
e.g. `hostIPaddr:bootfilename`:
a93907c43f
- However, this breaks bootfile paths which contain a colon, e.g.
`f0:ad:4e:10:1b:87/7/pxelinux.cfg/default`
- This patch checks whether the `hostIPaddr` prefix is a valid
IP address before overriding the serverIP otherwise the whole
bootfile path is preserved
Signed-off-by: Lyle Franklin <lylejfranklin@gmail.com>
distro_bootcmd uses this construct a few times to test $fdt_addr_r,
and fall back on $fdtcontroladdr if not set/invalid:
if fdt addr ${fdt_addr_r}; then
...
else
...
fi
If the `fdt addr` test fails, it prints the following message on the
console, suggesting there is an error when there is not:
libfdt fdt_check_header(): FDT_ERR_BADMAGIC
To remove this potentially confusing error message, this patch adds -q
as a 'quiet' option for fdt addr, and uses this flag in
config_distro_bootcmd.h
Signed-off-by: Peter Hoyes <Peter.Hoyes@arm.com>
Commit 690af71850 changed this condition
from an explicit
IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS)
to
CONFIG_IS_ENABLED(SEPARATE_BSS)
The documentation for CONFIG_IS_ENABLED() in include/linux/kconfig.h
implies that we will get the correct behaviour, but the actual behaviour
differs such that this condition is now always false.
This stopped TPL being able to load the device tree blob at least on the
ROCKPro64 board (RK3399 SoC), since the wrong device tree location was
chosen.
The issues causing this behaviour with CONFIG_IS_ENABLED() are:
1. The documentation implies that CONFIG_SPL_BUILD =>
CONFIG_SPL_<option> is considered before the TPL equivalent.
Actually, the TPL options have higher priority - see definition of
_CONFIG_PREFIX.
2. The documentation implies a fallthrough, eg. if CONFIG_SPL_BUILD is
defined but the CONFIG_SPL_<option> is not, then it will proceed to
check if CONFIG_TPL_BUILD
Actually, if CONFIG_TPL_BUILD is defined, then it stops there
and CONFIG_SPL_BUILD is not considered - see definition of
_CONFIG_PREFIX.
During TPL build, at least for the ROCKPro64, both CONFIG_TPL_BUILD
and CONFIG_SPL_BUILD are defined, but because of the above, only TPL
options are considered. Since there is no CONFIG_TPL_SEPARATE_BSS,
this fails.
Fixes: 690af71850 ("fdt: Correct condition for SEPARATE_BSS")
Signed-off-by: Andrew Abbott <andrew@mirx.dev>
If dev_count_phandle_with_args returns 0 or another error, then pd will never
have been initialized by power_domain_get_by_index. Avoid comparing against
pd.dev in this situation.
Fixes: 3e4fcfa4bc ("power-domain: fix hang in endless loop on i.MX8")
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
When usb3-phy label is found, PHY driver is called and serdes line is
initialized. This is preparation for serdes/psgtr driver to configure GT
lines based on description in DT.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Allow to disable PHY driver in SPL because it checks the CONFIG_SPL_PHY
variable for SPL builds.
The same change was done for usb by commit fd09c205fc ("usb:
s/CONFIG_DM_USB/CONFIG_IS_ENABLED(DM_USB)/").
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Add watchdog controller driver for NPCM7xx/npcm8xx
the wdt design of npcm750 and npcm845 is the same.
so the driver can work on npcm750 and npcm845.
about npcm845 wdt dtsi i will followed kernel dts name
to use nuvoton,npcm750-wdt.
Signed-off-by: Jim Liu <JJLIU0@nuvoton.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Adds simple documentation about common properties for watchdog
in the device tree.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <philippe.reynes@softathome.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
- Fix SPL_SYS_MALLOC_SIMPLE and non-SPL_FRAMEWORK boards (a large number
of PowerPC platforms)
- Remove duplication of crc16 functionality
- Migrate COUNTER_FREQUENCY to CONFIG_COUNTER_FREQUENCY and have it in
Kconfig
Currently the space between kernel_addr_r and the fdt_addr_r is only 32MB.
To have enough space to load kernel images bigger than 32MB change the
variables to a feasible value.
The new environment variables layout is based on the scheme from
"include/configs/ti_armv7_common.h".
The CONFIG_SYS_LOAD_ADDR value is set to 0x42000000. With that we have
the same value as for the kernel_addr_r.
Signed-off-by: Heiko Thiery <heiko.thiery@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
In arch/arm/mach-imx/imx8m/soc.c there's an implementation of
board_fix_fdt() introduced by commit 35bb60787b. Remove the
redundant one to avoid failed to build from source when enabling
CONFIG_OF_BOARD_FIXUP.
Signed-off-by: Ying-Chun Liu (PaulLiu) <paul.liu@linaro.org>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Cc: uboot-imx <uboot-imx@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Since COUNTER_FREQUENCY is obselete, so set cntfrq_el0 if
CONFIG_COUNTER_FREQUENCY is valid
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@vrull.eu>
Set CONFIG_COUNTER_FREQUENCY according to COUNTER_FREQUENCY in
config header file.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
[trini: Re-run migration]
Set default COUNTER_FREQUENCY according to config header file
under include/configs/
i.MX6UL/ULL/7D/8QM/8QXP all has system counter frequency run at 8MHz,
so set default value for them.
SUNXI/EXYNOS/ROCKCHIP_RK3128/ROCKCHIP_RK3288/ROCKCHIP_RK322X/ROCKCHIP_RK3036
at 24MHz. ARCH_LX2160A at 25MHz
ARCH_ZYNQMP at 100MHz
Since versal has CONFIG_COUNTER_FREQUENCY, so use it. And
COUNTER_FREQUENCY will be dropped.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
ATSHA204A uses bit-reversed checksum of standard CRC-16 with polynomial
x^16 + x^15 + x^2 + 1.
This ATSHA204A specific checksum can be calculated just by using common
U-Boot functions bitrev16() and crc16().
So replace custom driver CRC-16 implementation by common U-Boot functions.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Implementation in linux/crc16.h provides standard CRC-16 algorithm with
polynomial x^16 + x^15 + x^2 + 1. Use it and remove duplicate ext4 CRC-16
specific code.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
File fs/ubifs/crc16.h is standard linux's crc16.h include file. So move it
from fs/ubifs to include/linux where are also other linux include files.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
U-Boot CRC-16 implementation uses polynomial x^16 + x^12 + x^5 + 1 which is
not standard CRC-16 algorithm, but it is known as CRC-16-CCITT. Rename file
crc16.c to crc16-ccitt.c to reduce confusion.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
On P2020 board is SPL malloc simple always failing with error and loops:
SD boot...
alloc space exhausted
Bad trap at PC: f8f8b5f0, SR: 21200, vector=d00
NIP: 00000000 XER: 00000000 LR: 00000000 REGS: f8f8b5f0 TRAP: 20000000 DAR: 00000000
MSR: 00021200 EE: 0 PR: 0 FP: 0 ME: 1 IR/DR: 00
GPR00: 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000
GPR08: 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000
GPR16: 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000
GPR24: 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000
Call backtrace:
Exception in kernel pc f8f8b5f0 signal 0
Inspection showed that gd->malloc_limit is zero. And it is because
generally SPL_FRAMEWORK initialize SPL's gd->malloc_limit. But when
SPL_FRAMEWORK is not enabled then in most cases nobody initialize
gd->malloc_limit and so SPL malloc simple does not work.
So disable SPL_SYS_MALLOC_SIMPLE by default when SPL_FRAMEWORK is not
enabled. SPL_SYS_MALLOC_SIMPLE can be disabled only by setting
SPL_SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN to zero. So do it.
This change fixes SPL error "alloc space exhausted" on P2020 board.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
- For the environment, add a arch_env_get_location hook and make use of
it on some NXP platforms (so that boards can override SoCs).
- Remove some unused squashfs code from SPL
- Resync am335x beaglebone related DTS files
- Enable SPL_SEPARATE_BSS if SPL_BSS_START_ADDR is used
Fix wrong environment.h and remove DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR
Fixes: 30e39ac7c9 (imx: imx7 Support for Manufacturing Protection)
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Gaurav Jain <gaurav.jain@nxp.com>
Update the Kconfig and Makefile to allow build for iMX8M and
restrict the build only in u-boot.
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Gaurav Jain <gaurav.jain@nxp.com>
The imx8mn_evk target have been converted to use binman.
With the binman approach the ATF load address is described via
devicetree, so remove the now unneeded instruction of exporting
ATF_LOAD_ADDR.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
There is no reason for disabling I-cache and D-cache
in SPL.
Remove the unneeded CONFIG_SPL_SYS_ICACHE_OFF and
CONFIG_SPL_SYS_DCACHE_OFF options.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Enable DM_SERIAL for both U_Boot and the SPL. The uart4 and its pinmux
are already marked with u-boot,dm-spl but we need to move the call to
preloader_console_init() after spl_init() to avoid a board hang
as dm can't be used until after spl_init().
Remove the manual config of the UART pinmux now that it is no longer
needed.
Signed-off-by: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
Cc: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Tested-by: Ariel D'Alessandro <ariel.dalessandro@collabora.com>
Enable CONFIG_DM_SERIAL. uart2 and its pinmux was already
marked with u-boot,dm-spl.
move the preloader_console_init() call after spl_init() to
avoid board hang
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Enable CONFIG_DM_SERIAL. uart2 and its pinmux was already
marked with u-boot,dm-spl.
move the preloader_console_init() call after spl_early_init() to
avoid board hang
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
CONFIG_MMCROOT is only used to set mmcroot, no need a dedicated macro.
Script as below
"
for i in `ls include/configs/*.h`
do
mmcroot=`sed -n '/define.*MMCROOT/ p' $i | awk -F\" '{ print $2;}'`
if [ ! -n "$mmcroot" ]; then
continue
fi
sed -i '/define.*MMCROOT/ d' $i
sed -i 's,\" CONFIG_MMCROOT \",'$mmcroot',g' $i
done
"
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
If .bss does not immediately follow the end of the image, then
CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS must be selected. Typically, the location of bss
is specified by using CONFIG_SPL_BSS_START_ADDR in a linker script. On
these arches, CONFIG_SPL_SEPARATE_BSS should be enabled. If there is an
option to use an alternate boot script (e.g. CONFIG_SPL_LDSCRIPT is just
a default), just imply. If there is not, select.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
The Sancloud BeagleBone Enhanced Extended WiFi (BBE Extended WiFi) has
its own devicetree file and the board can be identified by the 2nd
letter of the config string within the common EEPROM.
Signed-off-by: Paul Barker <paul.barker@sancloud.com>
The Sancloud BeagleBone Enhanced Lite (BBE Lite) has its own devicetree
file and the board can be identified by the 2nd letter of the config
string within the common EEPROM.
Signed-off-by: Paul Barker <paul.barker@sancloud.com>
Sync BeagleBone dts files & TPS dtsi files with Linux v5.17 and include
the SanCloud BBE Extended WiFi dts added in v5.18-rc1. Also pull in
changes to am33xx-l4.dtsi needed to support the BeagleBone Blue.
The change to use the cpsw switch driver (commit c477358e66a3 in Linux)
is excluded from the sync as u-boot does not recognise the new
compatible string.
Signed-off-by: Paul Barker <paul.barker@sancloud.com>
Currently there is only one way to override desired environment location,
by implementing env_get_location(). This is increasingly being conflated
both on board level and architecture level, which leads to a problem on
boards where this function is already implemented on architecture level,
since those boards have no way to override this environment location on
board level anymore.
Implement arch_env_get_location() function which is architecture specific
and should only ever be implemented in architecture code. This function
has lower priority than env_get_location(), which should only ever be
implemented in board code, and which overrides the arch_env_get_location()
architecture environment selection.
This way, architecture can define its default environment chooser, while
board can now override it as needed at all times.
There is no functional change, since env_get_location() simply returns
arch_env_get_location(), and arch_env_get_location() implements the
current env_get_location() default content.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Cc: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Cc: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Cc: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Tommaso Merciai <tomm.merciai@gmail.com>
Cc: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
With SPL_DM_MMC and DM_MMC, the two macros not needed, drop it.
CONFIG_SYS_FSL_USDHC_NUM
CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ESDHC_ADDR
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Acked-By: Teresa Remmet <t.remmet@phytec.de>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
With SPL_DM_MMC and DM_MMC, the two macros not needed, drop it.
CONFIG_SYS_FSL_USDHC_NUM
CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ESDHC_ADDR
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Acked-By: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
With SPL_DM_MMC and DM_MMC, the two macros not needed, drop it.
CONFIG_SYS_FSL_USDHC_NUM
CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ESDHC_ADDR
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
With SPL_DM_MMC and DM_MMC, the two macros not needed, drop it.
CONFIG_SYS_FSL_USDHC_NUM
CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ESDHC_ADDR
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
With SPL_DM_MMC and DM_MMC, the two macros not needed, drop it.
CONFIG_SYS_FSL_USDHC_NUM
CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ESDHC_ADDR
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
With SPL_DM_MMC and DM_MMC, the two macros not needed, drop it.
#define CONFIG_SYS_FSL_USDHC_NUM 2
#define CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ESDHC_ADDR 0
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
With SPL_DM_MMC and DM_MMC, the two macros not needed, drop it.
#define CONFIG_SYS_FSL_USDHC_NUM 2
#define CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ESDHC_ADDR 0
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
With SPL_DM_MMC and DM_MMC, the two macros not needed, drop it.
#define CONFIG_SYS_FSL_USDHC_NUM 2
#define CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ESDHC_ADDR 0
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
The 4 GiB boundary is at 0xffffffff+1 , not at 0x80000000, fix this.
The PHYS_SDRAM of i.MX8M is at 0x40000000 , so to restrict ram_top
below 4 GiB, the ram_top has to be set to 0xffffffff as it is not
an offset from the start of PHYS_SDRAM, but rather a physical address
marking the topmost allowed DRAM address.
Fixes: e27bddff4b ("imx8m: Restrict usable memory to space below 4G boundary")
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Cc: Frieder Schrempf <frieder.schrempf@kontron.de>
Cc: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Frieder Schrempf <frieder.schrempf@kontron.de>
This GPIO is actually an input "Q7_3V3_PCIE_WAKE#_IN" not an output, so
remove the misleaading and incorrect definition.
Cc: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com> (re: pci: imx: use vpcie-supply if defined by device-tree)
Signed-off-by: Ian Ray <ian.ray@ge.com>
There are no users of the imx6_pcie_toggle_power and imx6_pcie_toggle_reset
weak overrides and as these functions are able to be handled now via dt
properties lets remove these.
Cc: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
If vpcie-supply is defined by device-tree use that if
CONFIG_PCIE_IMX_POWER_GPIO is not defined.
Note that after this the following boards which define
CONFIG_PCIE_IMX_POWER_GPIO in their board header file as well as their
device-tree should be able to remove CONFIG_PCIE_IMX_PERST_GPIO without
consequence:
- mx6sabresd
- mx6sxsabresd
- novena
Note that the ge_bx50v3 board uses CONFIG_PCIE_IMX_POWER_GPIO and does
not have vpcie-supply defined in it's pcie node in the dt thus removing
CONFIG_PCIE_IMX_POWER_GPIO globally can't be done until that board adds
vpcie-supply.
Cc: Ian Ray <ian.ray@ge.com> (maintainer:GE BX50V3 BOARD)
Cc: Sebastian Reichel <sebastian.reichel@collabora.com> (maintainer:GE BX50V3 BOARD)
Cc: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com> (maintainer:MX6SABRESD BOARD)
Cc: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de> (maintainer:NOVENA BOARD)
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
The Globalscale Technologies Sheevaplug board has the network chip
Marvell 88E1116R. Use uclass mvgbe and the compatible driver M88E1310
driver to bring up Ethernet.
- Remove CONFIG_RESET_PHY_R symbol from all board files
- Use uclass mvgbe to bring up the network. And remove ad-hoc code.
- Enable CONFIG_PHY_MARVELL to properly configure the network.
- Miscellaneous changes: Move constants to .c file and remove header file
board/Marvell/sheevaplug/sheevaplug.h, use BIT macro, and add/cleanup
comments.
Signed-off-by: Tony Dinh <mibodhi@gmail.com>
The Colibri PXA270 has been end-of-life since quite a while and would
require more and more maintenance (e.g. DM conversions).
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
The GW74xx is based on the i.MX 8M Plus SoC featuring:
- LPDDR4 DRAM
- eMMC FLASH
- Gateworks System Controller
- PCIe Gen 3.0 switch (build option)
- USB 3.0 HUB
- USB Type-C front panel connector
- GPS
- 3-axis accelerometer
- CAN bus
- 6x GbE RJ45 front-panel jacks
- 1x IMX8M FEC RGMII GbE (with Passive PoE)
- 5x IMX8M EQOS RGMII 6 port GbE Switch
(1x with 802.3af class 5 Active PoE)
- RS232/RS485/RS422 serial transceiver
- MIPI header (DSI/CSI/GPIO/PWM/I2S)
- DigI/O header (UART/GPIO/I2C/ADC)
- 802.11ac WiFi
- Bluetooth BLE
- 3x MiniPCIe sockets with PCI/USB
- 1x M.2 Socket with USB2.0, PCIe, and dual-SIM
- PMIC
- Wide range DC input supply (8V to 60V DC)
Do the following to add support for this and future imx8mp-venice boards:
- add dts
- add DRAM config
- add PMIC config
- add IMX8MP support in spl.c and venice.c
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Gateworks produces many products from a single PCB with subloaded
components. Add an additional two levels of dtb name matching so that
for example a GW7400-A matches the dtb name of gw74xx.dtb
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Use the common GSC driver.
This allows us to do some additional cleanup:
- use the GSC driver functions
- move waiting for the EEPROM to the SPL int (it will always be ready
after this)
- move eeprom functions into eeprom file and elimate GSC_I2C_BUS
- eliminate some redundant EEPROM reads (the EEPROM must be read in
SPL before relocation, in SPL after relocation, and in U-Boot init.
All subsequent uses can use the global structure)
- remove unnecessary header files and alphabatize includes
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
The TI DP83867 phy has been replaced with the MaxLinear GPY111 phy
due to part availability. Add support for it:
- increase post-reset time to 300ms per datasheet
- add tx-delay/rx-delay config
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Add gpio hog support for board-specific gpio lines:
- put hogs in u-boot.dtsi so as to keep the regular dts files
in sync with the kernel. The hogs will not be put in the kernel
as that makes them un-usable by userspace as well as
re-initializes them to dt defaults overriding changes which may
have been done by bootloader commands.
- specify gpio names and initial config
- enable GPIO_HOG
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Acked-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Use the common GSC driver.
This allows us to do some additional cleanup:
- rename gsc{.c,.h} to eeprom{.c.h} for clarity
- collapse eeprom_get_dev
- remove unnecessary header files and alphabatize includes
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Enable USB support for host controller and various USB ethernet
devices.
Example usage of USB Mass Storage (UMS) support:
u-boot=> mmc list
FSL_SDHC: 0
FSL_SDHC: 1
FSL_SDHC: 2 (eMMC)
u-boot=> ums 0 mmc 2
UMS: LUN 0, dev mmc 2, hwpart 0, sector 0x0, count 0xe30000
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Use PREBOOT as well. This allows a customer to just set fdt_board as
on any other module to customize the device tree for his carrier
board.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Drop optional support for the ancient Apalis iMX6 V1.0 hardware which
had the UART wired as DCE rather than DTE.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
This fixes the following crash when run on a Colibri iMX7S aka solo:
Colibri iMX7 # usb start
starting USB...
Bus usb@30b10000: USB EHCI 1.00
Bus usb@30b20000:
The i.MX 7Solo has only one single USB OTG1 but no USB host port. Trying
to initialize the nonexisting port just crashes.
While at it also drop board_usb_phy_mode() which is also no longer used
in the driver model age.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
In case a customer wants to set fdtfile currently preboot overrides it
always with preboot just before the bootdelay. Use test -n to check
if fdtfile is already set and only set it if nothing got touched manually
Signed-off-by: Philippe Schenker <philippe.schenker@toradex.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
As video support is very specific depending on the exact display
customisation we decided to disable video support for all out modules
by default.
Signed-off-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@toradex.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Add DT bindings for a subset of GPCv2 which handles USB and PCIe PDs,
HSIOMIX PD controller and missing USB PD properties. This is required
to bring up the DWC3 USB controller up.
This is based on linux next and patches which are still pending
review, but which are likely going to be part of Linux 5.19:
b2d67d7bdf74 ("arm64: dts: imx8mp: disable usb3_phy1")
290918c72a29 ("arm64: dts: imx8mp: Add memory for USB3 glue layer to usb3 nodes")
https://www.spinics.net/lists/arm-kernel/msg958501.html
Tested-By: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com> #imx8mp-venice-gw74xx
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Cc: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Add trivial driver for i.MX8MP HSIOMIX handling. This is responsible
for enabling the GPCv2 power domains and clock for USB 3.0 and PCIe
in the correct order. Currently supported is the USB 3.0 part which
can be tested, PCIe support should be easy to add.
Tested-By: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com> #imx8mp-venice-gw74xx
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Cc: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Add i.MX8MP power domain handling into the driver. This is based on the
Linux GPCv2 driver state which is soon to be in Linux next.
Tested-By: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com> #imx8mp-venice-gw74xx
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Cc: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Implement power_domain_get_by_name() convenience function which parses
DT property 'power-domain-names' and looks up power domain by matching
name.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This driver is the only SMCCC dependency in iMX8M U-Boot port. Rework
the driver based on Linux GPCv2 driver to directly control the GPCv2
block instead of using SMCCC calls. This way, U-Boot can operate the
i.MX8M power domains without depending on anything else.
This is losely based on Linux GPCv2 driver. The GPU, VPU, MIPI power
domains are not supported to save space, since they are not useful in
the bootloader. The only domains kept are ones for HSIO, PCIe, USB.
Tested-By: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com> #imx8mp-venice-defconfig
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Cc: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
The arch/arm/include/asm/arch-imx8m/power-domain.h is not included
anywhere except in drivers/power/domain/imx8m-power-domain.c, just
inline the content and drop the header. No functional change.
Tested-By: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com> #imx8mp-venice-defconfig
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Cc: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
In case the power domain node structure is gpc@303a0000/pgc/power-domain@N,
do not bind power domain driver to the 'pgc' node, but rather descend into
it and only bind power domain drivers to power-domain@N subnodes. This way
we do not waste one useless driver instance associated with 'pgc' node.
Tested-By: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com> #imx8mp-venice-defconfig
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Cc: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
In case the ops is not implemented, return 0 in the core right away.
This is better than having multiple copies of functions which just
return 0 in each power domain driver. Drop all those empty functions.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The div loop uses reassign and reuse parent_rate, which causes
the parent rate reference to be wrong after the first loop, the
resulting clock becomes incorrect for div != 1.
Fixes: 829e06bf41 ("imx8ulp: clock: Add MIPI DSI clock and DCNano clock")
Signed-off-by: Loic Poulain <loic.poulain@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
DT node name should be generic, therefore rename atsha204a@64 to crypto@64.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Turris Omnia uses first MAC address from OTP for second ethernet interface.
Second MAC address for third interface and third MAC address for first
interface.
Other Turris routers do not have this rotate by one mapping. So add
function parameter for specifying id of the first ethernet interface.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Atsha device is used prior relocation and at this early stage BSS does not
have to be ready yet. So do not cache Atsha device in BSS.
Fixes support for other Turris routers.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
OTP code is not Atsha generic but also it is not Omnia specific. It is
common for all Turris routers which use Atsha cryptochip for storing OTP.
So move this common Turris specific Atsha OTP code from Turris Omnia into
separate file. It will be used also by other Turris routers.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Implement write support for Security OTP values via mailbox API commands
MBOX_CMD_OTP_WRITE_32B and MBOX_CMD_OTP_WRITE.
Write support for North and South Bridge OTPs are not implemented as these
OTPs are already burned in factory with some data.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
U-Boot SPL is on 32-bit mvebu executed by the BootROM. And BootROM expects
that U-Boot SPL returns execution back to the BootROM. Vectors during
execution of U-Boot SPL should not be changed as BootROM does not expect it
and uses its own vectors. So do not overwrite vectors in SPL build.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
fstat()'s st_size works only for regular files. lseek() with SEEK_END works
also for block or MTD devices. This replacement allows kwboot to load
kwbimage from /dev/mtd0 for booting another device over /dev/ttyS0.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Armada 385 contains 64 lines of HD eFuse and 2 lines of LD eFuse. HD eFuse
is used for secure boot and each line is 64 bits long + 1 lock bit. LD
eFuse lines are 256 bits long + 1 lock bit. LD 0 line is reserved for
Marvell Internal Use and LD 1 line is for General Purpose Data. U-Boot
already contains HD eFuse reading and programming support.
This patch implements LD eFuse reading support. LD 0 line is mapped to
U-Boot fuse bank 64 and LD 1 line to fuse bank 65.
LD 0 Marvell Internal Use line seems that was burned in factory with some
data and can be read by U-Boot fuse command:
=> fuse read 64 0 9
LD 1 General Purpose Data line is by default empty and can be read by
U-Boot fuse command:
=> fuse read 65 0 9
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Update the current uDPU defconfig with following changes:
* Disable CONFIG_SPI_BOOT, its not needed for booting and the device boots
from eMMC anyway.
* Disable CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_INFO_QUIET, there is no need to diverge from
other boards by not priting the console device
* Enable CONFIG_CMD_MTD in order to allow use of the MTD tool
* Disable CONFIG_CMD_MTDPARTS, with MTD now being able to parse partitions
from DTS there is no need for it, the default MTDPARTS were incorrect
anyway
* Enable CONFIG_MMC_HS200_SUPPORT, the eMMC used support both HS200 and
HS400 modes, so enable at least HS200 because Xenon driver does not
support HS400 currently
* Replace CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_BAR with CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_SFDP_SUPPORT
Utilize SFDP parsing instead of relying on the extended address registers
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
uDPU is a bit of a specific device in that it does not have any copper
ports nor any ethernet PHY-s but 2 SFP ports.
This is an issue since MVNETA requires a PHY phandle or a fixed-link to
be defined under its node.
Since U-boot has no SFP support this is reasonable in order to know how
to configure the MAC.
However this also means that networking does not work on uDPU at all
currently, and fails with:
uDPU>> dhcp
Could not get PHY for neta@30000: addr 0
phy_connect failed
Could not get PHY for neta@40000: addr 1
phy_connect failed
So, to provide working networking using only SFP-s let add the fixed-link
at 1G which is much more common than 2.5G SFP-s as well as disable the
TX_DISABLE pins like done on Armada 7040 and 8040 platforms.
Since uDPU is not using any of the GPIO-s on the SB controller for any
purpose other than GPIO, a call to the pinctrl must be made in order for
it to get probed and thus register the SB GPIO bank, otherwise SB GPIO-s
are not registered at all.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Add support for handling SFP TX disable for MVNETA in the same fashion as
to what MVPP2 is doing in order to enable using SFP-s.
This allows using ethernet on SFP only boards.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
It is not possible for the A53 core (on which U-Boot is running) to read it
directly. For this purpose Marvell defined mbox API for sending OTP
commands between CM3 and A53 cores.
Implement these Marvell fuse reading mbox commands via U-Boot fuse API.
Banks 0-43 are used for accessing Security OTP (44 rows with 67 bits via 44
banks and words 0-2).
Note that of the 67 bits, the 3 upper bits are: 1 lock bit and 2
auxiliary bits (meant for testing during the manufacture of the SOC, as
I understand it).
Also note that the lock bit and the auxiliary bits are not readable
via Marvell commands.
With CZ.NIC's commands the lock bit is readable.
Write support is not implemented yet.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Allow to specify input parameters, define all available mbox commands
supported by CZ.NIC's secure firmware and also Marvell's fuse.bin firmware
and fix parsing response from Marvell OTP commands.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Generic A3720 mbox code is currently in Turris Mox specific board file
board/CZ.NIC/turris_mox/mox_sp.c. Move it to board independent arch file
arch/arm/mach-mvebu/armada3700/mbox.c.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Allow to read OTP bits via U-Boot fuse command on all Armada 3720 boards.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Implement reading NB and SB fuses of Armada 37xx SOC via U-Boot fuse API.
Banks 0-43 are reserved for accessing Security OTP (not implemented yet).
Bank 44 is used for accessing North Bridge OTP (69 bits via words 0-2).
Bank 45 is used for accessing South Bridge OTP (97 bits via words 0-3).
Write support is not implemented yet because it looks like that both North
and South Bridge OTPs are already burned in factory with some data. The
meaning of some bits of North Bridge is documented in WTMI source code.
The meaning of bits in South Bridge is unknown.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
When storing the UBoot Environment in for example EXT4,
the U-Boot build is broken for several reasons:
1. armada-385-turris-omnia-u-boot.dtsi will not allow
CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET and CONFIG_ENV_SIZE to be undefined
2. armada-37xx/board.c ft_board_setup function does not
exist if CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_SPI_FLASH is not defined
This commit changes these files so that selecting a
different location for the environment is possible.
Signed-off-by: Rogier Stam <rogier@unrailed.org>
Reviewed-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
There are two tools for sending images over UART to Marvell SoCs: kwboot
and mrvl_uart.sh. kwboot received lot of new features and improvements in
last few months. There is no need to maintain two tools in U-Boot, so
remove old mrvl_uart.sh tool.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel@ziswiler.com>
Tested-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel@ziswiler.com>
Reviewed-by: Tony Dinh <mibodhi@gmail.com>
- Two TI K3 updates, update SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN default to be 0x2000 and
move TI am33xx to use that as well, fix DT relocation with multiple
DRAM banks, and add a gpio read sub-command.
As explained in commit 4af2a33ee5 ("cmd: gpio: Make `gpio input`
return pin value again") the `gpio input` is used in scripts to obtain
the value of a pin, despite the fact that CMD_RET_FAILURE is
indistinguishable from a valid pin value.
To be able to detect failures and properly use the value of a GPIO in
scripts we introduce the `gpio read` command that sets the variable
`name` to the value of the pin. Return code of the `gpio read` command
can be used to check for CMD_RET_SUCCESS or CMD_RET_FAILURE.
CONFIG_CMD_GPIO_READ is used to enable the `gpio read` command.
Signed-off-by: Diego Rondini <diego.rondini@kynetics.com>
Allow device tree to provide ti,ddr-freq0 to be used as the initial DDR
frequency that is set for lpddr4 before initialization of the
controller. Make this optional and continue to use PLL bypass frequency
as is done currently if ti,ddr-freq0 is not provided.
Signed-off-by: Dave Gerlach <d-gerlach@ti.com>
The current implementation of boot_relocate_fdt() places DT at the
highest usable DRAM address, which is calculated as:
env_get_bootm_low() + env_get_bootm_mapsize()
which by default becomes gd->ram_base + gd->ram_size.
Systems like i.MX53 can have multiple DRAM banks with gap between them,
e.g. have DRAM at 0x70000000-0x8fffffff and 0xb0000000-0xcfffffff , so
for them the calculated highest DRAM address is 0xafffffff, which is
exactly in the gap and thus not usable.
Fix this by iterating over all DRAM banks and tracking the remaining
amount of the total mapping size obtained from env_get_bootm_mapsize().
Limit the maximum LMB area size to each bank, to avoid using nonexistent
DRAM.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The k3-ddrss driver wants to configure the DDRSS_V2A_CTL_REG to reflect
the maximum possible SDRAM of 2 GB for AM64x (instead of the register's
default that says 8 GB, which the AM64x DDR controller wouldn't support).
The offset 0x20 was correct, but the register name DDRSS_V2A_R1_MAT_REG
was that of the next register at offset 0x24.
Signed-off-by: Dominic Rath <rath@ibv-augsburg.net>
- Migrate CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE to Kconfig, IOMUX bugfix, 2 BTRFS
bugfixes, update .gitignore and .mailmap files, aspeed GPIO bugfix,
image-fit and squashfs code cleanups, enable EXT4 and ISO partitions on
DeveloperBox.
- populate u-boot,bootconf under /chosen, see
https://github.com/devicetree-org/dt-schema/pull/71 for corresponding
change
Currently there is no btrfs support in SPL. But macro CONFIG_FS_BTRFS is
defined also when building SPL. When both FS_BTRFS and SPL are enabled
then build process throw compile error.
Fix check for btrfs code in fstypes[] to allow compiling FS_BTRFS only in
proper U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Fix following two compile errors on big endian systems:
CC fs/btrfs/btrfs.o
In file included from include/linux/byteorder/big_endian.h:107,
from ./arch/powerpc/include/asm/byteorder.h:82,
from ./arch/powerpc/include/asm/bitops.h:8,
from include/linux/bitops.h:152,
from include/uuid.h:9,
from fs/btrfs/btrfs.c:10:
fs/btrfs/conv-funcs.h: In function ‘btrfs_key_to_disk’:
include/linux/byteorder/generic.h:90:21: error: ‘__cpu_to_le16’ undeclared (first use in this function); did you mean ‘__cpu_to_le16p’?
#define cpu_to_le16 __cpu_to_le16
^~~~~~~~~~~~~
fs/btrfs/conv-funcs.h:79:10: note: in expansion of macro ‘cpu_to_le16’
__u16: cpu_to_le16, \
^~~~~~~~~~~
CC fs/btrfs/compression.o
In file included from ./arch/powerpc/include/asm/unaligned.h:9,
from fs/btrfs/compression.c:16:
include/linux/unaligned/access_ok.h:6:19: error: redefinition of ‘get_unaligned_le16’
static inline u16 get_unaligned_le16(const void *p)
^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
In file included from fs/btrfs/ctree.h:16,
from fs/btrfs/btrfs.h:12,
from fs/btrfs/compression.c:8:
include/linux/unaligned/le_byteshift.h:40:19: note: previous definition of ‘get_unaligned_le16’ was here
static inline u16 get_unaligned_le16(const void *p)
^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Include file asm/unaligned.h contains arch specific macros and functions
for unaligned access as opposite to linux/unaligned le_byteshift.h which
contains macros and functions specific to little endian systems only.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Qu Wenruo <wqu@suse.com>
We should only access console_devices[file][i] once we have checked that i
< cd_count[file]. Otherwise, we will access uninitialized memory at the end
of the loop. console_devices[file][i] should not be NULL, but putting the
assignment in the loop condition allows us to ensure that i is checked
beforehand. This isn't a bug, but it does make valgrind stop complaining.
Fixes: 400797cad3 ("IOMUX: Split out for_each_console_dev() helper macro")
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Scull <ascull@google.com>
Acked-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
* free() checks if its argument is NULL. Remove duplicate checks.
* Remove duplicate free(ovcopy).
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
The offset of the current read back register is the value of the gpio pin,
not the value written for the gpio output.
This patch fix it to avoid the other gpio output value controlled by the
same register being set incorrectly.
Fixes: 7ad889b0f3 ("gpio: Add Aspeed GPIO driver")
Signed-off-by: Billy Tsai <billy_tsai@aspeedtech.com>
Since this box is SystemReady compliant enable ISO_PARTITION which is
needed to start some installers (e.g Fedora). While at it enable EXT4
as well which is a common filesystem for targets
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Masami Hiramatsu <masami.hiramatsu@linaro.org>
Xilinx has been acquired by AMD that's why emails should be also updated.
The patch is updating .mailmap file and also MAINTAINERS files as was done
by commit 5cd1ecb994 ("ppc: qemu: Update MAINTAINERS for correct email
address").
The rest of my emails are not going to change.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
It can be useful for the OS (Linux) to know which configuration has
been chosen by U-Boot when launching a FIT image.
Store the name of the FIT configuration node used in a new string
property called 'u-boot,bootconf' in the '/chosen' node in device tree.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
When every member of a linker list is aligned by the compiler, we can no
longer rely on the sizeof of the struct to determine the number of
entries.
For example, if the struct size is 0x90 but every entry is aligned to 0xa0
by the compiler, the linker list entries takes more space in memory and
the calculation of the number of entries is incorrect. For example, we may
see 0x12 entries when there are only 0x11.
This is a real problem. There may be a general solution, although I cannot
currently think of one. So far it only bites with OF_PLATDATA_RT which
creates a pointer to each entry of the 'struct udevice' linker_list. This
does not happen without that option, so it only affects SPL.
Work around it by manually calculating the aligned size of struct udevice,
then using that for the n_ent calculation.
Note: the alignment fix to linker list was here:
0b2fa98aa5 linker_lists: Fix alignment issue
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present if devres is enabled in U-Boot proper it is enabled in SPL.
We don't normally want it there, so disable it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Angus Ainslie <angus@akkea.ca>
Use this larger boundary to ensure that linker lists at least start on the
maximum possible alignment boundary. See also the CONFIG_LINKER_LIST_ALIGN
setting, but that is host-arch-specific, so it seems better to use the
largest value for every host architecture.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present fputc() is used before the console is available, then write()
is used. These are not compatible. Since fputc() buffers internally it is
better to use the write(), so that a partial line is immediately
displayed.
This has a slight effect on performance, but we are already using write()
for the vast majority of the output with no obvious impacts.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The rk3288/RK3399 DT synced from Linux contains some different
compatible strings in the mipi node then origanal used in U-boot.
Allow both options to be backwards compatible and to be able
to handle recent rk3288.dtsi and rk3399.dtsi files.
Signed-off-by: Johan Jonker <jbx6244@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The rk3288 DT synced from Linux contains some different
properties in the edp node then origanal used in U-boot.
Allow both options to be backwards compatible and to be able
to handle recent rk3288.dtsi files.
Signed-off-by: Johan Jonker <jbx6244@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
A number of rk3229/rk3288 DT files are synced from Linux.
Add a maintainer to look after them and to help with
review and testing.
Signed-off-by: Johan Jonker <jbx6244@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The Google Veyron rk3288 DT files are synced from Linux.
Add a maintainer to look after them and to help with
review and testing.
Signed-off-by: Johan Jonker <jbx6244@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The DT node name pattern in mmc-controller.yaml for mmc
is "^mmc(@.*)?$". The Rockchip mmc nodes have been synced
with Linux, so update the boot_devices constants as well.
Signed-off-by: Johan Jonker <jbx6244@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
In order to sync rk3288.dtsi from Linux it needed to
move all u-boot specific properties in separate dtsi files.
Signed-off-by: Johan Jonker <jbx6244@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
In order to update the DT for rk3288
sync the clock dt-binding header.
This is the state as of v5.17 in Linux.
Keep SCLK_MAC_PLL in use for rk3288 clock driver.
Signed-off-by: Johan Jonker <jbx6244@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
In order to update the DT for rk3288
sync the power domain dt-binding header.
This is the state as of v5.17 in Linux.
Change location to be more in line with other SoCs.
Signed-off-by: Johan Jonker <jbx6244@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
In order to sync rk322x.dtsi from Linux, move all
U-boot specific properties in separate dtsi files.
Signed-off-by: Johan Jonker <jbx6244@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
In order to update the DT for rk3228
sync the clock dt-binding header.
This is the state as of v5.17 in Linux.
Signed-off-by: Johan Jonker <jbx6244@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
In order to update the DT for rk3228
sync the power domain dt-binding header.
This is the state as of v5.17 in Linux.
Signed-off-by: Johan Jonker <jbx6244@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Add rk3066 Rikomagic MK808 to the list of
mainline supported Rockchip boards.
Include instructions for creating and programming
images to NAND and SD card.
Signed-off-by: Johan Jonker <jbx6244@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
There are several PX30/RK3326 boards in use without
mentioning in rockchip.rst. Add boards and examples.
Signed-off-by: Johan Jonker <jbx6244@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
With more text coming to the rockchip.rst document,
give it a restyle first.
Changed:
sort build examples alphabetically
add git clone example
fix bash examples
fix phrases (grammer)
fix typos
Signed-off-by: Johan Jonker <jbx6244@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
This commit adds the default configuration file and
relevant description for a MK808 board.
Signed-off-by: Johan Jonker <jbx6244@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
MK808 is a RK3066-based board with 1 USB host and 1 USB OTG port,
HDMI and a micro-SD card slot. It also includes on-board NAND
and 1GB of SDRAM.
Signed-off-by: Johan Jonker <jbx6244@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
MK808 is a RK3066-based board with 1 USB host and 1 USB OTG port,
HDMI and a micro-SD card slot. It also includes on-board NAND
and 1GB of SDRAM. Add rk3066a-mk808.dts. Move U-boot specific
things in a rk3066a-mk808-u-boot.dtsi file.
Signed-off-by: Johan Jonker <jbx6244@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
In the Linux DT the file rk3xxx.dtsi is shared between
rk3066 and rk3188. Add rk3066a.dtsi. Move U-boot specific
things in a rk3066a-u-boot.dtsi file.
Signed-off-by: Johan Jonker <jbx6244@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Move the include for rk3xxx-u-boot.dtsi to rk3188-u-boot.dtsi
to stay in line with U-boot dtsi files.
Signed-off-by: Johan Jonker <jbx6244@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The file rk3xxx-u-boot.dtsi was original only for rk3188 and SPL.
With rk3066 added some nodes are also needed in TPL,
so change them to u-boot,dm-pre-reloc
Signed-off-by: Johan Jonker <jbx6244@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Add the clock driver for the rk3066 platform.
Derived from the rk3288 and rk3188 driver it
supports only a bare minimum to bring up the system
to reduce the TPL size for:
SDRAM clock configuration.
The boot devices NAND, EMMC, SDMMC, SPI.
A UART for the debug messages (fixed) at 115200n8.
A SARADC for the recovery button.
A TIMER for the delays (fixed).
There's support for two possible frequencies,
the safe 600MHz which will work with default pmic settings and
will be set to get away from the 24MHz default and
the maximum of 1.416Ghz, which boards can set if they
were able to get pmic support for it.
After the clock tree is set during the TPL probe
there's no parent update support.
In OF_REAL mode the drivers ns16550.c and dw-apb-timer.c
obtain the (fixed) clk_get_rate from the clock driver
instead of platdata.
The rk3066 cru node has a number of assigned-clocks properties
that call the .set_rate() function. Add them to the list so that
they return a 0 instead of -ENOENT.
Signed-off-by: Paweł Jarosz <paweljarosz3691@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johan Jonker <jbx6244@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
In order to update the DT for rk3066
sync the power domain dt-binding header.
This is the state as of v5.12 in Linux.
Signed-off-by: Johan Jonker <jbx6244@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The serial_rockchip.c driver converts platdata to the data structure
used in the ns16550.c file and then calls the function
ns16550_serial_probe().
When compiled with OF_REAL the serial_rockchip.c driver returns
now -ENODEV when probed and does no harm.
The config ROCKCHIP_SERIAL is currently depends on SPL_OF_PLATDATA.
Allow serial port use for both SPL and TPL by removing this
dependency and SPL_BUILD restriction.
Signed-off-by: Johan Jonker <jbx6244@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The Rockchip serial driver depends on an enabled NS16550 driver,
so add select SYS_NS16550 to config ROCKCHIP_SERIAL.
Signed-off-by: Johan Jonker <jbx6244@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
When a defconfig for rk3288 is compiled it gives the warning:
rockchip_rk3288_uart: Missing .compatible in
./drivers/serial/serial_rockchip.c
: WARNING: the driver rockchip_rk3288_uart
was not found in the driver list
Fix by renaming U_BOOT_DRIVER name of serial_rockchip.c
to rockchip_uart. Add rk3288 serial support with
a DM_DRIVER_ALIAS define.
Signed-off-by: Johan Jonker <jbx6244@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The Rockchip uart DT nodes have "snps,dw-apb-uart" as
fall back string. The driver ns16550.c has CONFIG_IS_ENABLED(OF_REAL)
as condition to of_match and does not copy dtplat data.
For TPL/SPL the driver serial_rockchip.c
is used. Move driver alias to correct driver.
Signed-off-by: Johan Jonker <jbx6244@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The ns16550.c driver has the following conditions for .of_match:
CONFIG_IS_ENABLED(OF_REAL)
For Rockchip SoCs with TPL/SPL and platform data that need serial
support the serial_rockchip.c driver was made. It copies this data
and then calls ns16550_serial_probe(). With the addition of yet an other
SoC type this driver is in need for a little restyle.
Simplify struct rockchip_uart_plat and add extra SoCs with
DM_DRIVER_ALIAS(). Return -ENODEV when the ns16550.c driver
probe function is available.
Signed-off-by: Johan Jonker <jbx6244@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The Rockchip SoCs rk3066/rk3188 have MMC DT nodes
with as compatible string "rockchip,rk2928-dw-mshc".
Add OF_PLATDATA support to the existing driver with
help of a DM_DRIVER_ALIAS.
This type needs a permanent enabled fifo.
The other Rockchip SoCs always have the property
"u-boot,spl-fifo-mode" in the MMC DT nodes,
because MMC to SRAM can't do DMA.
Make this property a requirement for MMC OF_PLATDATA
structures. The property "fifo-mode" must be added
for all other compile modes.
Signed-off-by: Johan Jonker <jbx6244@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The document rockchip-dw-mshc.yaml decribes a maximum of 4 clocks.
In the rockchip_dw_mmc driver the clock name in use was "fixed"
to "ciu" with index 1, but later reverted back to index 0.
The clock drivers can handle both, but the calling driver
should submit correct data as a standard practice.
Fix the "ciu" clock index by setting it back to 1.
clock-names:
minItems: 2
items:
- const: biu
- const: ciu
- const: ciu-drive
- const: ciu-sample
Signed-off-by: Johan Jonker <jbx6244@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The line with .of_to_plat in the U_BOOT_DRIVER structure
of dw-apb-timer.c is not aligned with the rest.
Add an extra TAB to fix the whitespace.
Signed-off-by: Johan Jonker <jbx6244@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The Rockchip rk3066 SoC has 3 dw-apb-timer nodes.
U-boot is compiled with OF_PLATDATA TPL/SPL options,
so add OF_PLATDATA support for the dw-apb-timer.
Also change driver name to be able to compile with
U-boot scripts. No reset OF_PLATDATA support was added,
because the rk3066 nodes don't need/have them.
Signed-off-by: Johan Jonker <jbx6244@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Not all Rockchip SoC models use the ARM arch timer.
Call the function timer_init() only when
CONFIG_SYS_ARCH_TIMER is available.
Use the call condition IS_ENABLED to increase
build coverage and make the code easier to read.
Signed-off-by: Johan Jonker <jbx6244@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The Rockchip SoCs rk3066/rk3188 have no CONFIG_ROCKCHIP_STIMER_BASE
defined. Currently there's no exception in TPL. Make this more
generic and compile the code inside the function rockchip_stimer_init()
only when CONFIG_ROCKCHIP_STIMER_BASE is available.
Signed-off-by: Johan Jonker <jbx6244@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The Rockchip SoCs rk3066/rk3188 have no CONFIG_ROCKCHIP_STIMER_BASE
defined. Currently only rk3188 has an exception in SPL. Make this more
generic and compile code inside the function rockchip_stimer_init()
only when CONFIG_ROCKCHIP_STIMER_BASE is available.
Signed-off-by: Johan Jonker <jbx6244@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Include SCSI in the list of boot targets if CONFIG_CMD_SCSI is
enabled.
Signed-off-by: Vagrant Cascadian <vagrant@debian.org>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Add the HCLK_OTG, HCLK_SFC, and SCLK_SFC clocks to px30_clk_enable.
Without this change U-Boot reports an error of "Enable
clock-controller@ff2b0000 failed" on boot when using the SFC or USB in
U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Chris Morgan <macromorgan@hotmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Add missing include for dm/device_compat.h. Without this include the
SFC driver fails to compile because dev_err and dev_dbg are not
defined.
Signed-off-by: Chris Morgan <macromorgan@hotmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Pull request for efi-2022-07-rc1-2
Documentation:
* Describe env command
UEFI
* simplify Unicode string functions
* clean up the usage of GUIDs for capsule updates
- DM9000 DM support
- tftp server bug fix
- mdio ofnode support functions
- Various phy fixes and improvements.
[trini: Fixup merge conflicts in drivers/net/phy/ethernet_id.c
drivers/net/phy/phy.c include/phy.h]
To make addressing the problem of migrated symbols being present in
board config header files, update the CI test to them print what symbols
are causing it to fail. Also report all failures in the tree, rather
than stopping at the first failing file.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
- Apple M1 Ultra support, TI power domain fix, atsha204a big endian
support, LED cleanups and support for default-state, increase malloc
pool on sandbox, ubifs bugfix, further serial cleanup / semihost
support, fix a few cases around enabling/disabling FS support in SPL,
clean up duplication of table_compute_checksum()
Update the capsule update functionality related documentation to
refect the additional definitions that need to be made per platform
for supporting the capsule update feature.
Signed-off-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Masami Hiramatsu <masami.hiramatsu@linaro.org>
While building a capsule, the GUID value of that specific image is to
be passed through the --guid command option to the mkeficapsule
tool instead of using one of --raw or --fit options, where the GUID
value passed through the command line option is the image GUID.
This renders the EFI_FIRMWARE_IMAGE_TYPE_UBOOT_FIT_GUID and
EFI_FIRMWARE_IMAGE_TYPE_UBOOT_RAW_GUID values superfluous. Remove the
--raw and --fit command line options as well. Also modify the
mkeficapsule man page to reflect this change.
Signed-off-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
The capsule update code has been modified for getting the image GUID
values from the platform code. With this, each image now has a unique
GUID value. With this change, there is no longer a need for defining
GUIDs for FIT and raw images. Remove these GUID values.
Signed-off-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
The current UEFI capsule updation code uses two GUID values, one for
FIT images, and one for raw images across platforms. This logic is
being changed to have GUID values per image, per platform. Change the
tests for the capsule update code to reflect this change. The GUID
values now used are the ones specific to the sandbox platform -- one
for the u-boot image, and another for the u-boot environment image.
Install the FMP instance for raw images on the sandbox variant for
testing the capsule update code. Install the FMP instance for the FIT
images on the sandbox64 and sandbox_flattree variant for testing
capsule update for FIT images. This is being done by splitting the
capsule update script for FIT and raw images.
Signed-off-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
Currently, there are a bunch of boards which enable the UEFI capsule
update feature. The actual update of the firmware images is done
through the dfu framework which uses the dfu_alt_info environment
variable for getting information on the update, like device, partition
number/address etc. The dfu framework allows the variable to be set
through the set_dfu_alt_info function defined by the platform, or if
the function is not defined, it gets the variable from the
environment. Using the value set in the environment is not very
robust, since the variable can be modified from the u-boot command
line and this can cause an incorrect update.
To prevent this from happening, define the set_dfu_alt_info function
when the capsule update feature is enabled. A weak function is defined
which sets the dfu_alt_info environment variable by getting the string
for the variable from the platform.
Signed-off-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Masami Hiramatsu <masami.hiramatsu@linaro.org>
The current capsule update code compares the image GUID value in the
capsule header with the image GUID value obtained from the
GetImageInfo function of the Firmware Management Protocol(FMP). This
comparison is done to ascertain if the FMP's SetImage function can be
called for the update. Make this checking more robust by comparing the
image_index value passed through the capsule with that returned by the
FMP's GetImageInfo function. This protects against the scenario of the
firmware being updated in a wrong partition/location on the storage
device if an incorrect value has been passed through the capsule,
since the image_index is used to determine the location of the update
on the storage device.
Signed-off-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Masami Hiramatsu <masami.hiramatsu@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Currently, the image descriptor array that has been passed to the
GetImageInfo function of the Firmware Management Protocol(FMP) gets
populated through the data stored with the dfu framework. The
dfu data is not restricted to contain information only of the images
updatable through the capsule update mechanism, but it also contains
information on other images. The image descriptor array is also parsed
by the ESRT generation code, and thus the ESRT table contains entries
for other images that are not being handled by the FMP for the capsule
updates. Fix this by populating the image descriptor array from the
structure initialised in the board file.
The other issue fixed is assignment of a separate GUID for all images
in the image descriptor array. The UEFI specification mandates that
all entries in the ESRT table should have a unique GUID value as part
of the FwClass member of the EFI_SYSTEM_RESOURCE_ENTRY. Currently, all
images are assigned a single GUID value, either an FIT GUID or a raw
image GUID. This is fixed by obtaining the GUID values from the
efi_fw_images array defined per platform.
Signed-off-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Masami Hiramatsu <masami.hiramatsu@linaro.org>
Add a structure which defines the information that is needed for
executing capsule updates on a platform. Some information in the
structure like the dfu string is used for making the update process
more robust while some information like the per platform image GUIDs
is used for fixing issues. Initialise this structure in the board
file, and use the information for the capsule updates.
Signed-off-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
Currently there is no UBIFS support in SPL. But macro CONFIG_CMD_UBIFS is
defined also when building SPL. when both CMD_UBIFS and SPL are enabled
then build process throw compile error.
Fix check for ubifs code in fstypes[] to allow compiling CMD_UBIFS only in
proper U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
It seems like there was some merge error when first cleaning up and
sharing this function. We have both an inline version of the function
in include/tables_csum.h and a non-inline version in lib/tables_csum.c.
Rework things so that we only have the non-inline version (due to number
of calls, we should not inline this).
Fixes: 1befb38b86 ("x86: Move table csum into separate file")
Fixes: 2b445e4d31 ("x86: Move table csum into separate header")
Cc: Alexander Graf <agraf@csgraf.de>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This adds an implementation of puts for DM. The implementation is not as
clean as for the non-DM puts because we have to handle non-nul-terminated
string. We also handle short writes (though these are probably very
unusual).
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
This adds a test to ensure that puts is equivalent to putc called in a
loop. We don't verify the contents of the message to avoid having to
record console output a second time (though that could be added in the
future). The globals are initialized to non-zero values to avoid a
warning; in particular, the character count is off-by-one (but we always
make relative measurements).
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This implements puts for sandbox. It is fairly straightforward, except
that we break out the shared color printing functionality into its own
function.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
A string like "test\n" would be broken up into the following sequence of
prints by _serial_puts:
puts("test\n")
putc('\r')
Although functionally this is the same as \r\n, it is not the standard
sequence and caused tests to fail. Fix this by excluding the '\n' from
the initial print. The above string will now be broken up like
puts("test")
puts("\r\n")
Since we may now need to call ops->puts twice (with the associated retry
logic), break that part of the function off into a helper.
Fixes: 7a76347189 ("serial: dm: Add support for puts")
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
Attaching a UBI partition may take a while, since scanning the memory is
required.
It thus makes sense to avoid a detach/scan/attach cycle when the right
partition is already attached, and let the calling process call 'detach'
beforehand if it needs it.
This commit checks for the currently attached UBI partition, and skips
reattaching if not needed, showing an information.
Signed-off-by: Alexandre Besnard <alexandre.besnard@softathome.com>
The OF "label" property parsing is now handled in LED core,
drop the duplicate implementation from this driver.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The OF "label" property parsing is now handled in LED core,
drop the duplicate implementation from this driver.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Callers of function atsha204a_crc16() expect to return value in host cpu
endianity. So remove cpu_to_le16() conversion.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
It is possible for power domain IDs to be great than 31. If this
happens, the PTCMD and PTSTAT registers must overflow into adjacent
corresponding PTCMD_H and PTSTAT_H registers for each. Update the driver
to account for this.
Signed-off-by: Dave Gerlach <d-gerlach@ti.com>
The M1 Ultra consists of two M1 Max dies. The second die's I/O is at
a consistent offset of 0x2000000000.
Signed-off-by: Janne Grunau <j@jannau.net>
Reviewed-by: Mark Kettenis <kettenis@openbsd.org>
Increase the malloc pool on sandbox in order to avoid spurious errors
such as:
___________________ test_ut[ut_dm_dm_test_video_comp_bmp32] ____________________
test/py/tests/test_ut.py:43: in test_ut
assert output.endswith('Failures: 0')
E AssertionError: assert False
E + where False = <built-in method endswith of str object at 0x7f5de85efb20>('Failures: 0')
E + where <built-in method endswith of str object at 0x7f5de85efb20> = 'Test: dm_test_video_comp_bmp32: video.c\r\r\nSDL renderer does not exist\r\r\ntest/dm/video.c:86, compress_frame_buff..._test_video_comp_bmp32(): 2024 == compress_frame_buffer(uts, dev): Expected 0x7e8 (2024), got 0x1 (1)\r\r\nFailures: 2'.endswith
Cc: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Instead of reading out the entire FIFO and possibly overwriting U-Boot
memory, read out one packet per recv call, pass it to U-Boot network
stack, and repeat.
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Cc: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Pass private data into IO accessors and use the base addresses of
IO and DATA window from the private data instead of using the hard
coded macros DM9000_IO/DM9000_DATA. Currently both the DM9000_IO
and DM9000_DATA are assigned to the respecive private data fields
for the non-DM case backward compatibility.
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Cc: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Dispose of dm9000.h because none of the function prototypes declared in
it are called anywhere in the codebase. Staticize dm9000_read_srom_word()
because it is now called only from within the dm9000 driver. Drop
dm9000_write_srom_word() because it is no longer used.
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Cc: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Allocate driver private data dynamically in its init function and drop
the static driver private data variable. Pass the dynamic private data
throughout the driver. This is done in preparation for DM conversion.
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Cc: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Rename board_info structure to dm9000_priv to make it clear what this
structure really contains, the driver private data. No functional change.
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Cc: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Remove volatile keyword usage from arrays, they are not really volatile
in any way, so this keyword is misused here. No functional change.
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Cc: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Change type of private struct member mdio_base from void * to
phys_addr_t. This allows us to drop 2 casts.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
The GW7903 is based on the i.MX 8M Mini SoC featuring:
- LPDDR4 DRAM
- eMMC FLASH
- microSD socket with voltage select support
- Gateworks System Controller
- M.2 A-E Socket with USB2.0 and PCIe
- MiniPCIe Socket with PCIe, USB2.0, and SIM
- IMX8M FEC
- RS232/RS485/RS422 serial transceiver
- LIS2DE12 3-axis accelerometer
- front panel LED's
- off-board isolated digital I/O
- Wide range DC power input
- 802.3at PoE
- PMIC
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Fix registration of 24M and 32k clock, those got applied or rebased
incorrectly, so fill in the correct code.
Fixes: 7a2c3be95a ("clk: imx8mp: Fill in DWC3 USB, USB PHY, HSIOMIX clock")
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Cc: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Cc: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
This is the only place where i.MX8M code does SMCCC call, remove it.
The output has little value as it prints some part of commit ID, and
worse, if there is no SMC handler installed, the code outright hangs
or crashes the system.
By removing this one instance of SMCCC call, U-Boot no longer depends
on SMC handlers and can boot without hanging in any case. If there is
a need to dump this commit ID, use CMD_SMC instead and do 'smc' call
from U-Boot shell or scripts instead of hard-coding SMCCC dependency
into architecture code. This particular code can be replaced by:
=> smc 0xc2000003 0 0 0 0 0 0
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Cc: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Some globals where not properly initialized causing timeouts
as data packets where not immediately acknowledged.
Fixes: cc6b87ecaa ("net: tftp: Add client support for RFC 7440")
Signed-off-by: Arjan Minzinga Zijlstra <arjan.minzingazijlstra@fox-it.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Currently the space between kernel_addr_r and the fdt_addr_r is only 32MB.
To have enought space to load kernel images bigger than 32MB change the
variables to a feasible value.
The new environment variables layout is based on the scheme from
"include/configs/ti_armv7_common.h".
The CONFIG_SYS_LOAD_ADDR value is set to 0x42000000. With that we have
the same value as for the kernel_addr_r.
Signed-off-by: Heiko Thiery <heiko.thiery@gmail.com>
The Linux kernel moved dt-bindings/pinctrl/pins-imxrt to the device tree
This patch move it in U-Boot as well.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Taube <Mr.Bossman075@gmail.com>
In Linux IMX and IMXRT use the device tree to hold the anatop address.
The anatop is used in clock drivers as it controls the internal PLLs
This will move the macro from asm/arch-imxrt to the device tree.
This presumably should also be done with the other IMX boards as well.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Taube <Mr.Bossman075@gmail.com>
The FlexSPI NOR boot offset does not require any special handling,
the image_offset is correct in either case (0x1000 for FlexSPI NOR
and 0x8000 for SD/eMMC) and the offset of u-boot.itb from the start
of flash.bin is always 0x58000 on MX8MN/MX8MP, which matches the
CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_SECTOR * 512 - 0x8000 in case
CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_SECTOR=0x300, which is always the
case on MX8MN/MX8MP.
The CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_SECTOR is really overloaded in
case of the MX8MN/MX8MP, but fixing that needs additional plumbing.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Cc: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
The i.MX8M Mini and i.MX8M Plus flexspi IPs are compatible with one
another, however the linux kernel DT uses separate compatible string
for each SoC. Add the missing i.MX8MP compatible into this driver.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Cc: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
The TI DP83867 phy has been replaced with the MaxLinear GPY111 phy due
to part availability.
Add support for it by adding LED config and dt-prop based internal delay
config tx-delay/rx-delay per PHY ID.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Acked-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
The GW7902-C revision adds an ADC for the VDD_5P0 voltage rail.
Add register definitions for it.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Acked-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Update the 'boot_net' script to load the fdt with the kernel.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
rcar3_salvator-x u-boot.img is very close to the 0x100000 size limit.
Enable linked time optimization (LTO).
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Add support for Data Modul i.MX8M Mini eDM SBC board. This is an
evaluation board for various custom display units. Currently
supported are serial console, ethernet, eMMC, SD, SPI NOR,
USB host and USB OTG.
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Cc: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Add redundand environment support as it is required
by SWUpdate.
While at it, also adjust the CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET to a more appropriate
larger offset as done on other i.MX8M defconfigs.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
The serial number is located at offset 0x14 of the EEPROM
under i2c0 bus at address 0x54.
To print the serial number in Linux:
SERNUM=$(cat /proc/device-tree/serial-number)
echo $SERNUM
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Currently, the DDR type is retrieved by iteracting inside an array
of possible DDR types.
This may take saveral attempts, which slows the overall U-Boot process
and does not provide a good user experience:
U-Boot SPL 2021.07 (Feb 28 2022 - 06:39:32 +0000)
DDRINFO: Cfg attempt: [ 1/6 ]
DDRINFO(M): mr5-8 [ 0xff000010 ]
DDRINFO(T): mr5-8 [ 0x5000010 ]
resetting ...
U-Boot SPL 2021.07 (Feb 28 2022 - 06:39:32 +0000)
DDRINFO: Cfg attempt: [ 2/6 ]
DDRINFO(M): mr5-8 [ 0xff000010 ]
DDRINFO(T): mr5-8 [ 0x1061010 ]
resetting ...
U-Boot SPL 2021.07 (Feb 28 2022 - 06:39:32 +0000)
DDRINFO: Cfg attempt: [ 3/6 ]
DDRINFO(M): mr5-8 [ 0xff000010 ]
DDRINFO(T): mr5-8 [ 0xff000010 ]
Normal Boot
WDT: Not starting
Trying to boot from MMC2
NOTICE: BL31: v2.5(release):v2.5
NOTICE: BL31: Built : 07:12:44, Jan 24 2022
Improve the boot time by retrieving the correct DDR information from
the EEPROM:
U-Boot SPL 2022.04-rc4-00045-g6d02bc40d58c (Mar 19 2022 - 08:22:29 -0300)
DDRINFO(D): Kingston 4096G
DDRINFO(M): mr5-8 [ 0xff000010 ]
DDRINFO(E): mr5-8 [ 0xff000010 ]
Normal Boot
WDT: Started watchdog@30280000 with servicing (60s timeout)
Trying to boot from MMC2
NOTICE: BL31: v2.5(release):v2.5
NOTICE: BL31: Built : 22:28:11, Mar 15 2022
Based on the original code from Compulab's U-Boot.
Tested on a imx8mm-cl-iot-gate board populated with 4GB of RAM.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
imx8mm-cl-iot-gate supports multiple DDR sizes and models.
The DDR type can be retrieved from the EEPROM, so add SPL code
that can be used to get the DDR information.
Based on the original code from Compulab's U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
This macro currently supports only one parameter. Based on Linux iopoll,
let's extend read_poll_timeout common API to allow multiple variable
parameters.
Signed-off-by: Ariel D'Alessandro <ariel.dalessandro@collabora.com>
This driver supports NXP C45 TJA11XX PHYs, but there're also other NXP
TJA11XX PHYs. Let's rename functions in this driver to be c45 variant
specific, so further drivers can be introduced adding support for NXP
TJA11XX PHYs.
Signed-off-by: Ariel D'Alessandro <ariel.dalessandro@collabora.com>
Add init_nand_clk to enable gpmi nand clock. Since i.MX8M not use CCF,
so we still use legacy mode to configure the clock.
Signed-off-by: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
Separe dm implementation from non dm implementation of pwm-imx
driver using CONFIG_DM_PWM
Signed-off-by: Tommaso Merciai <tommaso.merciai@amarulasolutions.com>
Move pwm_imx_get_parms, pwm_id_to_reg functions into pwm-imx.c
and drop off pwm-imx-util.c
Signed-off-by: Tommaso Merciai <tommaso.merciai@amarulasolutions.com>
Set the BYPASS ID SWAP bit (GPR10 bit 1).
The ID SWAP function randomly make TZASC grant non-secure access to
secure memory. TZASC ID SWAP should be bypassed by setting the bit
TZASC_ID_SWAP_BYPASS(bit 1) in IOMUX_GPR10 register.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Turns out on certain carrier boards (e.g. Iris V2) and under certain
circumstances (e.g. after a software reset) the SD card may have been
left in a strange state which later failed as follows:
Colibri iMX6ULL # mmc dev 0
Card did not respond to voltage select! : -110
Fix this as follows:
- Re-name the signaling voltage rail regulator from vmmc to vqmmc.
- Fix the name of the GPIO property to gpios.
- Specify 4-bit bus width, no write-protect capability and no 1.8
volt signaling voltage capability.
- Fix the clock vs. command pull-up vs. push-pull configuration.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Now that it is possible to use regulator-fixed-clock make use
of it. This makes U-Boot detect the PHY on first cold-boot.
This commit also adjusts the code in setup_fec and follows
how it is done in mx6ullevk.c
This commit also slows down the boot-process by about 150ms
as it now waits for the regulator-fixed-clock voltage that
drives the PHY to go up.
If you rely on very fast boot-speeds and don't need ethernet
for your boot-process you can safely revert the changes on
imx6ull-colibri.dtsi
Signed-off-by: Philippe Schenker <philippe.schenker@toradex.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
This commit adds the possibility to choose the compatible
"regulator-fixed-clock" in devicetree.
This is a special case of regulator-fixed where a clock has to
be used to switch the regulator on and off.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Schenker <philippe.schenker@toradex.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Toradex uses the variable variant to distinguish between modules with
eMMC, NAND with wifi and NAND without wifi.
This variable is set on every boot. Set this variable also if we have a
NAND module without wifi to prevent issues.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Schenker <philippe.schenker@toradex.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
U-Boot should never save the environment unasked.
This also avoids storing broken fdt_module to flash.
Signed-off-by: Denys Drozdov <denys.drozdov@toradex.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
U-Boot should never save the environment unasked.
This also avoids storing broken ftd_file to eMMC.
Signed-off-by: Denys Drozdov <denys.drozdov@toradex.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Since we envision using overlays for display interfaces, the video=
settings within vidargs are obsolete. Remove these settings from the
U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Oleksandr Suvorov <oleksandr.suvorov@toradex.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
All the other NAND-based boards have tdxargs specified for setting
manual kernel command-line arguments.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Schenker <philippe.schenker@toradex.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Explicitly use the atf-bl31 type for the bl31.bin atf-blob. This uses
the path from the BL31 environment variable, if defined.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Rename board_early_init_f() to board_early_init(), since this function
has nothing to do with actual board_early_init_f() as used throughout
U-Boot. The board_early_init() is function local to this board used to
configure UART and WDT pinmux. Wrap init_uart_clk() into this function
so that early UART init would be all in one place. Turn the function
into __weak one, so it could be overridden in case custom carrier board
uses different UART or needs custom IOMUX settings.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Cc: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Cc: Max Krummenacher <max.krummenacher@toradex.com>
Cc: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
The EFI memory init uses gd->ram_top for conventional memory. In
current implementation, the ram_top is below optee address. This cause
grub failed to allocation memory for initrd.
The change updates DDR bank setup functions to place the u-boot at top
DDR in 4GB space.
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Need to drop phy-reset-gpios before booting linux, this property
is legacy property and replaced with reset-gpios.
If provide both, kernel would failed to request the same gpio twice
and cause fec not work.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
The extcon is an decrepted property and not used by upstream Linux and
NXP 5.10 kernel, so we remove it before kicking linux in case it is in
dts. Otherwise distro kernel will not able to have usb function.
Reviewed-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Beside the fused modules on iMX8MP Lite, this part has also fused
GPU3D/2D, LVDS and MIPI DSI.
So we have to disable them for kernel and also disable MIPI DSI
in u-boot DTS for splash screen at runtime.
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Wait 1ms before issuing the first MRS command to write DDR3 Mode
registers.
There is a requirement to wait a minimum time before issuing command to
the DDR3 device, according to the JEDEC standard this time is 500us
(after RESET_n is de-asserted until CKE becomes active) + tXPR (Reset
CKE Exit time, maximum value 360ns).
It seems that for some reason this is not enforced by the MMDC
controller.
Without this change we experienced random memory initialization failures
with about 2% boot failure rate on specific problematic boards, after
this change we were able to do more than 10.000 power-cycle without a
single failure.
Fixes: fe0f7f7842 ("mx6: add mmdc configuration for MX6Q/MX6DL")
Signed-off-by: Francesco Dolcini <francesco.dolcini@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
The current DDR write level calibration routine always overwrite
the ralat/walat fields to their maximum value, just save
the existing values at the beginning of the calibration routine
and restore it at the end.
In case the delay is estimated by the user to be more than one cycle the
walat should be configured according to that, this is not
automatically done. From the i.MX6 RM:
The user should read the results of the associated delay-line at
MPWLDECTRL#[WL_DL_ABS_OFFSET#] and in case the user estimates that the
reasonable delay may be above 1 cycle then the user should indicate it at
MPWLDECTRL#[WL_CYC_DEL#]. Moreover the user should indicate it in
MDMISC[WALAT] field. For example, if the result of the write leveling calibration
is 100/256 parts of a cycle, but the user estimates that the delay is above 2 cycles
then MPWLDECTRL#[WL_CYC_DEL#] should be configured to 2, so the total
delay will be 2 and 100/256 parts of a cycle
Probably it would just possible to not overwrite the mdmisc register in
the first place, since this is not present in the write_level_calib() example
in NXP AN4467 nor in the i.MX6 RM (44.11.6.1 Hardware Write Leveling
Calibration).
Fixes: d339f16911 ("arm: imx6: Add DDR3 calibration code for MX6 Q/D/DL")
Signed-off-by: Francesco Dolcini <francesco.dolcini@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
- According to S400 API, the fuse bank 25 (Testconfig2) is able to
access. Add it into driver's mapping table.
- According to FSB words list, the reserved 48 words are ahead of
the bank 5 and bank 6. Fix the wrong position.
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Enable multiple storages for u-boot env:
MMC or SPI flash or NOWHERE for usb
so u-boot can runtime select the storage flash according to boot device.
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
The TEE memory should be reserved when TEE is present, so need
to runtime update dram bank and memory information according to
tee present or not.
Signed-off-by: Ji Luo <ji.luo@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Enable wdog_ad interrupt being triggered by CMC1 to CM33 to let CM33
know A35 reset and reinitialize rpmsg.
Clear wdog_ad and AD_PERIPH reset interrupt after A35 up, otherwise
M33 will always receive interrupt.
Reviewed-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
If M33 handshake is successful, TPM and DSI panel MUX setting is
done by M33, no need to set them.
If handshake is failed or M33 is not booted, continue the TPM
and DSI panel MUX setting
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Biwen Li <biwen.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Update DDR PHY settings to support LPDDR4 mode only by adjusting
DQ VREF ctrl, ODT and pads drive strength.
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Found the lposc fuse loading having impact to cpu idle in kernel.
Without the loading in dual boot mode, kernel will hang after idle
for a while.
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Assign the LPAV owner to RTD, and assign LPAV masters and peripherals
to APD. So except the masters and peripherals, other resources
(like DDR, cgc2, pcc5) in LPAV won't be reset during reboot and suspend.
No needs to initialize DDR again after reboot.
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Since latest S400 firmware has supported to read OEM SRK Hash, add
it to the driver's table
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Enable MU0_B clk by default. When M33 image is loaded by Jlink,
the previous method not enable MU0_B clk and not able to communicate
with M33, so let's enable it by default.
And we not put it under kernel dts, because it conflicts with i.MX8QM
suspend/resume logic which requires large change.
Reviewed-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Jacky Bai <ping.bai@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
When reset with dual boot mode, the LPAV domain won't power down
due to its master is not assigned to APD. So the NICLPAV keeps the
last setting to use PLL4PFD1. So before SPL initialize the PLL4,
we need to switch NICLPAV to FRO192, otherwise system will hang.
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
When M33 is LPAV owner in dual boot, DDR, PCC5, CGC2 won't be reset
during APD reset. So no need to init DDR again after reboot, but need to
reconfigure the PLL4 PFD/PFDDIV/LPAV NIC etc, because kernel may
change or disable some of them.
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Add a new ddr script, defconfig for ND
Configure the clock for ND mode
changing A35 to 960MHz for OD mode
Update NIC CLK for the various modes
Introduce clock_init_early/late, late is used after pmic voltage
setting, early is used in the very early stage for upower mu, lpuart and
etc.
Note: NIC runs at 324MHz, 442MHz has some random kernel hang issue with
cpuidle enabled now.
Reviewed-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
This workaround is not needed on i.MX8ULP proto-1B EVK as board has
fixed the problem. Because we don't support proto-1A any longer,
remove the PMIC settings.
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Add functions to check if M33 image is booted and handshake with M33
image via MU. A core notifies M33 to start init by FCR F0, then wait
M33 init done signal by checking FSR F0.
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Biwen Li <biwen.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
The COUNTER_FREQUENCY is missed in 8ulp configs, it will cause SPL
and u-boot not set the cntfrq_el0. For u-boot, this is ok, because
ATF has set it. But for SPL, it will lead delay and get_timer
not working.
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Add initial support for i.MX8MP USB PHY, i.MX8MP USB is similar to
the i.MX8MQ, except for clock and power domain design customization.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Cc: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Tested-By: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com> #imx8mp-venice-gw74xx
Some printf() have strings that doesn't terminate with end of line
and make the output hard to read.
Signed-off-by: Clément Péron <peron.clem@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Re-factor the imx8m[nmpq] rate tables into the common pll1416x clock
driver.
43cdaa1567ad3 ("clk: imx8mm: Move 1443X/1416X PLL clock structure to common place")
Signed-off-by: Angus Ainslie <angus@akkea.ca>
Tested-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com> #imx8mm-beacon
This is a DM clock driver based off the imx8mm u-boot driver and the linux
kernel driver.
All of the PLLs and clocks are initialized so the subsystems below are
functional and tested.
1) USB host and peripheral
2) ECSPI
3) UART
4) I2C all busses
5) USDHC for eMMC support
6) USB storage
7) GPIO
8) DRAM
Signed-off-by: Angus Ainslie <angus@akkea.ca>
Acked-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
The mxs_nand_spl driver can support to read from page unaligned offset,
so don't need to set bl_len to ask spl_load_simple_fit to handle
the page unaligned access.
Actually spl_load_simple_fit has two parts of reading:
spl_simple_fit_read and spl_load_fit_image.
The spl_load_fit_image can handle the page unaligned offset,
but the spl_simple_fit_read can't do it. spl_simple_fit_read requires
the FIT location at page aligned offset.
Hence, remove the nand_get_mtd overwrite function from mxs_nand_spl
to use page unaligned read by driver.
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Tested-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com> #gw_ventana
Introduce pwm_dm_imx_get_parms, dm version of pwm_imx_get_parms.
This function get clock rate using clk dm api
Signed-off-by: Tommaso Merciai <tommaso.merciai@amarulasolutions.com>
Get and enable ipg/per pwms clocks using dm api into imx_pwm_of_to_plat
and imx_pwm_probe driver function
Signed-off-by: Tommaso Merciai <tommaso.merciai@amarulasolutions.com>
Decode ECSPI boot device in env_get_location() from i.MX8M ROMAPI tables.
This is necessary to correctly identify env is in SPI NOR when the system
boots from SPI NOR attached to ECSPI.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Cc: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Because the Beacon imx8mn board uses device tree
for MMC/SD and Ethernet, there is no need to have some of the
config options. It's handled by the device tree.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Because the Beacon imx8mm board uses device tree
for MMC/SD and Ethernet, there is no need to have some of the
config options. It's handled by the device tree.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Disable SPL exception vector which causes issue to ROM patch execution
when SPL calling ROM API.
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Conversion to DM_SERIAL is mandatory.
Select DM_SERIAL and add a imx6q-tbs2910-u-boot.dtsi file
that describes the nodes that require dm-pre-reloc, which allows
the DM model to configure the UART pinctrl early.
Remove the now unneeded board UART initialization.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Tested-by: Soeren Moch <smoch@web.de>
With DM_SERIAL selected, it is no longer needed board code to
initialize the UART.
Describe the nodes that require dm-pre-reloc, which allows
the DM model to configure the UART pinctrl early.
Remove the now unneeded board UART initialization.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Add a driver for the Gateworks System Controller used on Gateworks boards
which provides a boot watchdog, power control, temperature monitor,
and voltage ADCs.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
DM is not used for the SPL and a generic DT is used in the SPL
which requires no fixups. Remove the call in the SPL and move the function
into the U-Boot code.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Since DM_SERIAL is used for U-Boot we no longer need legacy UART code in
common.c shared by the SPL and U-Boot. Move the legacy UART config to
the non-DM SPL.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
convert to DM_I2C for U-Boot while leaving SPL legacy I2C:
- Move I2C config from common to SPL
- Move PMIC config from common to SPL (no need to re-configure pmic)
- add DM_I2C support to eeprom/gsc functions shared by SPL and U-Boot
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Configure binman ATF blob entry type to use the path from the BL31
environment variable, if defined.
Signed-off-by: Ariel D'Alessandro <ariel.dalessandro@collabora.com>
U-Boot complains that CONFIG_SERIAL is not converted to CONFIG_DM_SERIAL
and gives a deadline before possibly removing the board. Migrate to
DM_SERIAL to fulfill the request.
Signed-off-by: Heiko Thiery <heiko.thiery@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Add entry for 3732 MT/s mode of operation of the LPDDR4, in
which case the DDR PLL has to be configured in 933 MHz mode.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Cc: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Add settings for operating PLL at 933 MHz. This setting is useful in
case the LPDDR4 DRAM should operate at 1866 MHz or 3733 MT/s.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Cc: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Add DT compatible string for PCA9450C PMIC. This is a variant of the
PCA9450 PMIC with 6 A dual-phase buck regulator and 3 A buck regulator,
and is software-wise compatible with the PCA9450B. This variant of the
PCA9450 is designed for use as companion PMIC for i.MX8MP.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Cc: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
The Ethernet controller and PHY use the device tree info to
configure themselves, so it's not necessary to manually do it
in the board file. This permits the removal of a bunch of headers
as well.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Acked-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
To be in sync with the linux devicetree add the disable-smarteee
property.
Signed-off-by: Heiko Thiery <heiko.thiery@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de> # 8MNANOD4-EVK
To be in sync with the linux devicetree change the 'phy-reset-gpios' in
the fec node to 'reset-gpios' in the phy node. The PHY reset will be
done by the eth-phy-uclass driver while probing the PHY. This is ok
since it is done before probing the fec.
Signed-off-by: Heiko Thiery <heiko.thiery@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de> # 8MNANOD4-EVK
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
With the correct settings described in the device-tree the PHY settings
in the board init are no longer required. The values are taken from the
linux device tree.
The PHY latency settings are derived from the phy-mode property and the
voltage seetings are done via the regulator.
Suggested-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Signed-off-by: Heiko Thiery <heiko.thiery@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de> # 8MNANOD4-EVK
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
In cpu_to_be32_array() and be32_to_cpu_array() we should not compare an int
counter to a size_t parameter. Correct the type of the counter. This
exists in upstream as b4c80629c5c9 ("include/linux/byteorder/generic.h:
fix index variables").
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
removed sec_init() call from board files.
sec is initialized based on job ring information processed
from device tree.
Signed-off-by: Gaurav Jain <gaurav.jain@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
device tree imported from linux kernel.
c500bee1c5b2 (tag: v5.14-rc4) Linux 5.14-rc4
Signed-off-by: Gaurav Jain <gaurav.jain@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
LS(1021/1012/1028/1043/1046/1088/2088), LX2160, LX2162
platforms are enabled with JR driver model.
removed sec_init() call from board files.
sec is initialized based on job ring information processed
from device tree.
Signed-off-by: Gaurav Jain <gaurav.jain@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
i.MX8(QM/QXP) - added support for JR driver model.
sec is initialized based on job ring information processed
from device tree.
Signed-off-by: Gaurav Jain <gaurav.jain@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Horia Geantă <horia.geanta@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
i.MX8(QM/QXP) - updated device tree for supporting DM in SPL.
disabled use of JR1 in SPL and uboot, as JR1 is reserved
for SECO FW.
Signed-off-by: Gaurav Jain <gaurav.jain@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
added crypto node in device tree.
sec is initialized based on job ring information processed
from device tree.
Signed-off-by: Gaurav Jain <gaurav.jain@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
i.MX7D - added support for JR driver model.
removed sec_init() call, sec is initialized based on
job ring information processed from device tree.
Signed-off-by: Gaurav Jain <gaurav.jain@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
i.MX6,i.MX6SX,i.MX6UL - added support for JR driver model.
removed sec_init() call, sec is initialized based on
job ring information processed from device tree.
Signed-off-by: Gaurav Jain <gaurav.jain@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Because we don't use SPL_DM on mx6sabresd and mx6sabreauto, so it is
unnecessary to have SPL DTB related configs and SPL_OF_CONTROL enabled.
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Gaurav Jain <gaurav.jain@nxp.com>
i.MX8MM/MN/MP/MQ - added support for JR driver model.
sec is initialized based on job ring information processed
from device tree.
Signed-off-by: Gaurav Jain <gaurav.jain@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
added device tree support for job ring driver.
sec is initialized based on job ring information processed
from device tree.
Signed-off-by: Gaurav Jain <gaurav.jain@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
If enable SPL_DM without SPL_OF_CONTROL,
build errors "undefined reference to fdt_get_resource",
is coming in function `caam_jr_probe'.
Added SPL_OF_CONTROL to remove the error.
Signed-off-by: Kshitiz Varshney <kshitiz.varshney@nxp.com>
We need to know where the typedef of 'ofnode' comes from.
Fixes: c86a4de8df ("mtd: Add flash_node in struct mtd_info")
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Backport commit 1cb51a15b576 ("ubifs: Fix journal replay wrt. xattr
nodes") from the Linux Kernel, which has the following Signed-off-by
line:
Signed-off-by: Richard Weinberger <richard@nod.at>
For U-Boot, after comapring with the upstream commit:
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Hardware-accelerated hash functions require that the input and output
buffers be aligned to the minimum DMA alignment. memalign.h helpfully
provides a macro just for this purpose. It doesn't exist on the host,
but we don't need to be aligned there either.
Fixes: 5dfb521386 ("[new uImage] New uImage low-level API")
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Since the commit bfaa51dd4a ("cmd: add serial console support
for the cls command") the cls command is not enough to clear the
video display when ANSI console is activated.
This patch clears the video device with the video_clear() API
before to display the bitmap used for the PXE background.
This patch avoids to display the LOGO, activated by default with
commit 7a8555d871 ("video: Show the U-Boot logo by default").
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Currently, add_mtd_partitions_of() can be used only if dev field of
mtd_info struct is populated. It's the case, for example, for a spi nor
flash, which has a DT compatible "jedec,spi-nor" and an associated
device. mtd->dev is populated in spi_nor_scan().
But in case of a raw nand node, mtd_info's dev field can't be populated
as flash node has no compatible, so no associated device.
add_mtd_partitions_of() can't be used to parse "partitions" subnode.
To remove this constraint, add an ofnode field in mtd_info struct
which reference the DT flash node. This new field is populated by
nand_scan_tail(). This new field will be used by add_mtd_partitions_of()
to parse the flash node for "partitions" defined in DT.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Cc: Farhan Ali <farhan.ali@broadcom.com>
Cc: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Cc: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Cc: Marek Behun <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Cc: Miquel Raynal <miquel.raynal@bootlin.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
When probing the LEDs, a default brightness is set based on settings
from the U-Boot device tree, i.e. the 'default-brightness' property
of the LED nodes. If that property is not present, the default
maximum brightness is set.
This should make sure the LED controller's registers affecting the
brightness are correctly initialized and should give a consistent
behaviour.
Signed-off-by: Paul HENRYS <paul.henrys_ext@softathome.com>
This was implemented in order to get dual-slot bootloader
partitions on the BeagleBone Black, whose MLO boots from
the first bootable partition: MLO chainloads u-boot in the
same way.
Signed-off-by: Jérôme Carretero <cJ-uboot@zougloub.eu>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Set digest_size SHA384 and SHA512 algorithms in pkcs7 and x509,
(not set by ported linux code, but needed by __UBOOT__ part).
EFI_CAPSULE_AUTHENTICATE doesn't select these algos but required for
correctness if certificates contain sha384WithRSAEncryption or
sha512WithRSAEncryption OIDs.
Signed-off-by: Dhananjay Phadke <dphadke@linux.microsoft.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Add a driver which allows to use of LEDs connected
to PWM (Linux compatible).
MAINTAINERS: add i.vozvakhov as a maintainer of leds-pwm
C(required during new functionality adding).
Signed-off-by: Ivan Vozvakhov <i.vozvakhov@corp.mail.ru>
Modify function to support any salt length instead of max
length only. Function now detects salt length by parsing
the content of db buffer. Note that it works with (but is
not limited to) zero-length, digest-length and max-length
Signed-off-by: SESA644425 <gioja.hermann@non.se.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Prior to introduction of modifications in rsassa_pss functions
related to padding verification, doing a pass to reduce memory
consumption of function by replacing memory copies of parts of
const buffer by pointers to the original buffer (masked_db and
h are subparts of msg buffer which is declared const, salt is a
subpart of db which is a working buffer, unmodified after being
filled). New pointers scope is limited to the function where
they are declared (not returned to caller by any mean), zeroing
risk of memory fault related to the change.
Signed-off-by: SESA644425 <gioja.hermann@non.se.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Prior to introduction of modifications in rsassa_pss functions
related to padding verification, doing a pass to update
const-correctness in targeted functions to comply with
coding-rules and avoid const-cast
Signed-off-by: SESA644425 <gioja.hermann@non.se.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
MCU Timer0 runs at 250MHz, and the clock-frequency defined in DT appears
incorrect.
Without this delays in R5 SPL are 10x off.
Signed-off-by: Vignesh Raghavendra <vigneshr@ti.com>
When the RNG device is secured with OP-TEE, it is only accessible with
the HWRNG TA, the CONFIG_RNG_OPTEE is needed for STM32MP15 targets
with OP-TEE support.
The probe of this RNG driver fails when the TA is not available in OP-TEE
and the previous driver can be used, as CONFIG_RNG_STM32MP1 is activated
and when the associated node is activated in the device tree with:
&rng1 {
status = "okay";
};
When the RNG is used in OP-TEE, this node should be deactivated in
the Linux and U-Boot device tree.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
In U-Boot, the discovery of TA based on its UUID on the TEE bus is
not supported.
This patch only binds the driver associated to the new supported
OP-TEE TA = TA_HWRNG when this driver is enable.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Add driver for OP-TEE based Random Number Generator on ARM SoCs
where hardware entropy sources are not accessible to normal world
and the RNG service is provided by a HWRNG Trusted Application (TA).
This driver is based on the linux driver: char/hw_random/optee-rng.c
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
To quote the author:
This series adds support for running valgrind against U-Boot's internal
malloc. This allows for much more useful reports to be generated.
Some example output of valgrind run against u-boot/master with this
branch applied may be found at [1]. Note that valgrind gives up around
acpi. This feature still needs a lot of work on suppressions/hints to
filter out the noise properly.
[1] 2a2f99108e/gistfile1.txt
This documents how to get more detailed results from valgrind made possible
by the last two commits.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This annotates malloc and friends so that valgrind can track the heap. To
do this, we need to follow a few rules:
* Call VALGRIND_MALLOCLIKE_BLOCK whenever we malloc something
* Call VALGRIND_FREELIKE_BLOCK whenever we free something (generally after
we have done our bookkeeping)
* Call VALGRIND_RESIZEINPLACE_BLOCK whenever we change the size of an
allocation. We don't record the original request size of a block, and
neither does valgrind. For this reason, we pretend that the old size of
the allocation was for 0 bytes. This marks the whole allocaton as
undefined, so in order to mark all bits correctly, we must make the whole
new allocation defined with VALGRIND_MAKE_MEM_DEFINED. This may cause us
to miss some invalid reads, but there is no way to detect these without
recording the original size of the allocation.
In addition to the above, dlmalloc itself tends to make a lot of accesses
which we know are safe, but which would be unsafe outside of dlmalloc. For
this reason, we provide a suppression file which ignores errors ocurring in
dlmalloc.c
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Valgrind uses magic code sequences to define an ABI that the client may use
to request behavior from the host. In particular, this may be used to
inform valgrind about custom allocators, such as the one used in U-Boot.
This adds headers defining these sequences to U-Boot. It also adds a config
option to disable emission of these sequences entirely, in the (likely)
event that the user does not wish to use valgrind. Note that this option is
called NVALGRIND upstream, but was renamed (and inverted) to
CONFIG_VALGRIND. Aside from this and the conversion of a few instances of
VALGRIND_DO_CLIENT_REQUEST_EXPR to STMT, these headers are unmodified.
These headers were copied from valgrind 3.16.1-4 as distributed in Arch
Linux. They are licensed with the bzip2 1.16 license. This appears to be a
BSD license with some clauses from Zlib.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
i.MX8MQ use SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN 0x2000, not 0x10000. The OCRAM_S only has
32KB memory, use 0x10000 will make SPL not bootable.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Pull request for efi-2022-07-rc1
Documentation:
* Describe how enable DM_SERIAL for a board
UEFI
* Preparatory patches for better integration of DM and UEFI
* Use sysreset after capsule updates instead of do_reset
* Allow to disable persisting non-volatile variables
This reverts commit 8d61237edb.
This commit broke environment on literally every board I have access
to, with this revert in place, environment works as it should again.
The problem I observe with this patch is that saved environment in
either SPI NOR or eMMC is never used, the system always falls back
to default environment. The 'saveenv' command does succeed, but then
after reset, the default env is again used.
Furthermore, the commit introduced duplicate code in env_init(), this:
"
if (!prio) {
gd->env_addr = (ulong)&default_environment[0];
gd->env_valid = ENV_INVALID;
return 0;
}
if (ret == -ENOENT) {
gd->env_addr = (ulong)&default_environment[0];
gd->env_valid = ENV_INVALID;
return 0;
}
"
Furthermore, the commit is missing DCO SoB line.
Also note that upstream does not support UltraZed EG board, so
this might have been a patch pulled from downstream which did
depend on some other downstream behavior.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Felix.Vietmeyer@jila.colorado.edu <felix.vietmeyer@jila.colorado.edu>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
When gpio_request_by_name allocates a gpio output it by default will
de-assert the gpio which for phy-reset will take the PHY out of reset.
As this occurs before eth_phy_reset is called to assert the reset
line it can cause undesired affects if reset timings are not properly
met.
Configure the gpio with GPIOD_IS_OUT_ACTIVE so that reset is kept active
(reset asserted) to avoid this.
Cc: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
When gpio_request_by_name allocates a gpio output it by default will
de-assert the gpio which for phy-reset will take the PHY out of reset.
As this occurs before fec_gpio_reset is called to assert the reset
line it can cause undesired affects if reset timings are not properly
met.
Configure the gpio with GPIOD_IS_OUT_ACTIVE so that reset is kept active
(reset asserted) to avoid this.
Cc: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Tested-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com> #imx8mm-beacon
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Currently we require PHY interface mode to be known when
finding/creating the PHY - the functions
* phy_connect_phy_id()
* phy_device_create()
* create_phy_by_mask()
* search_for_existing_phy()
* get_phy_device_by_mask()
* phy_find_by_mask()
all require the interface parameter, but the only thing done with it is
that it is assigned to phydev->interface.
This makes it impossible to find a PHY device without overwriting the
set mode.
Since the interface mode is not used during .probe() and should be used
at first in .config(), drop the interface parameter from these
functions. Make the default value of phydev->interface (in
phy_device_create()) to be PHY_INTERFACE_MODE_NA. Move the interface
parameter to phy_connect_dev(), where it should be.
Change all occurrences treewide. In occurrences where we don't call
phy_connect_dev() for some reason (they only configure the PHY without
connecting it to an ethernet controller), set
phydev->interface = value from phy_find_by_mask call.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
The bcmgenet and sun8i_emac drivers call phy_connect(), which finds /
creates the PHY and also connects it to the eth device via
phy_connect_dev(), then set some phydev members (bcmgenet only), and
then call phy_connect_dev() explicitly again.
Drop the second phy_connect_dev(), since it is unnecesary.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Use phydev->is_c45 instead of is_10g_interface(phydev->interface) to
determine whether clause 45 protocol should be used.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
We want to be able to have phydev->interface uninitialized during
->probe(). We should assume that phydev->interface is initialized only
before ->config().
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Move PHY_INTERFACE_MODE_NA to the beginning of the enum definition to
make it have zero value. This makes it possible (although not
encouraged) to test for invalid/nonexistent interface mode with !val
instead of val == PHY_INTERFACE_MODE_NA.
The comment near the definition says "Must be last", because when the
constant was introduced in commit 5f184715ec ("Create PHY Lib for
U-Boot"), it was used as the maximum value when interating over the
constants. But this is no longer true - we use PHY_INTERFACE_MODE_MAX
for that now, and so we can move it.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Rename constant PHY_INTERFACE_MODE_NONE to PHY_INTERFACE_MODE_NA to make
it compatible with Linux' naming.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Rename constant PHY_INTERFACE_MODE_COUNT to PHY_INTERFACE_MODE_MAX to
make it compatible with Linux' naming.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Add helpers ofnode_read_phy_mode() and dev_read_phy_mode() to parse the
"phy-mode" / "phy-connection-type" property. Add corresponding UT test.
Use them treewide.
This allows us to inline the phy_get_interface_by_name() into
ofnode_read_phy_mode(), since the former is not used anymore.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Use the new dm_mdio_read/write/reset() wrappers treewide, instead of
always getting and dereferencing MDIO operations structure pointer.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Add wrappers dm_mdio_read(), dm_mdio_write() and dm_mdio_reset() for
DM MDIO's .read(), .write() and .reset() operations.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Add helpers ofnode_get_phy_node() and dev_get_phy_node() and use it in
net/mdio-uclass.c function dm_eth_connect_phy_handle(). Also add
corresponding UT test.
This is useful because other part's of U-Boot may want to get PHY ofnode
without connecting a PHY.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Use the ARRAY_SIZE() macro instead of hardcoding sizes of arrays in
macros.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
The type of the return value of phy_read() and phy_read_mmd() is int.
Change the variable to not be unsigned so that we not get into an
unsigned compared against 0.
Signed-off-by: Haolin Li <li.haolin@qq.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
A DM_ETH driver may use phy_connect() towards a PHY address on an MDIO
bus which is not specified in the device tree, as evidenced by:
pfe_eth_probe
-> pfe_phy_configure
-> phy_connect
When this happens, the PHY will have an invalid OF node.
When ar803x_config() runs, it silently fails at ar803x_of_init(), and
therefore, fails to run the rest of the initialization.
This makes MII_BMCR contain what it had after BMCR_RESET (0x8000) has
been written into it by phy_reset(). Since BMCR_RESET is volatile and
self-clearing, the MII_BMCR ends up having a value of 0x0. The further
configuration of this register, which is supposed to be handled by
genphy_config_aneg() lower in ar803x_config(), never gets a chance to
run due to this early error from ar803x_of_init().
As a result of having MII_BMCR as 0, the following symptom appears:
=> setenv ethact pfe_eth0
=> setenv ipaddr 10.0.0.1
=> ping 10.0.0.2
pfe_eth0 Waiting for PHY auto negotiation to complete......... TIMEOUT !
Could not initialize PHY pfe_eth0
Manually writing 0x1140 into register 0 of the PHY makes the connection
work, but it is rather desirable that the port works without any manual
intervention.
Fixes: fe6293a809 ("phy: atheros: add device tree bindings and config")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
A DM_ETH driver may use phy_connect() towards a PHY address on an MDIO
bus which is not specified in the device tree, as evidenced by:
pfe_eth_probe
-> pfe_phy_configure
-> phy_connect
When this happens, the PHY will have an invalid OF node.
The dp83867_config() method has extra initialization steps which are
bypassed when the PHY lacks an OF node, which is undesirable because it
will lead to broken networking. Allow the rest of the code to run.
Fixes: 085445ca41 ("net: phy: ti: Allow the driver to be more configurable")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
With dm-tag feature, any U-Boot subsystem is allowed to associate
arbitrary number of data with a particular udevice. This can been
see as expanding "struct udevice" without modifying the definition.
As a first user, UEFI subsystem makes use of tags to associate
an efi_disk object with a block device.
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
virtio_init() enumerates all the peripherals that are to be materialised
with udevices(UCLASS_VIRIO) and creates particular device instances
(UCLASS_BlK or whatever else) as children.
On the other hand, device_probe() won't be invoked against those resultant
udevices unlike other ordinary device drivers do in the driver model.
This is particularly inconvenient when we want to add "event notification"
callback so that we will be able to automatically create all efi_disk
objects in a later patch.
With this patch applied, "virtio scan" will work in a similar way
to "scsi rescan", "usb start" or others in term of 'probe' semantics.
I didn't add this change to virtio_init() itself because this function
may be called in board_init_r() (indirectly in board_late_init())
before UEFI subsustem is initialized.
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Every time an ide bus/port is scanned and a new device is detected,
we want to call device_probe() as it will give us a chance to run
additional post-processings for some purposes.
In particular, support for creating partitions on a device will be added.
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Every time a sata bus/port is scanned and a new device is detected,
we want to call device_probe() as it will give us a chance to run
additional post-processings for some purposes.
In particular, support for creating partitions on a device will be added.
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Every time a nvme bus/port is scanned and a new device is detected,
we want to call device_probe() as it will give us a chance to run
additional post-processings for some purposes.
In particular, support for creating partitions on a device will be added.
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Every time a mmc bus/port is scanned and a new device is detected,
we want to call device_probe() as it will give us a chance to run
additional post-processings for some purposes.
In particular, support for creating partitions on a device will be added.
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Every time a usb bus/port is scanned and a new device is detected,
we want to call device_probe() as it will give us a chance to run
additional post-processings for some purposes.
In particular, support for creating partitions on a device will be added.
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Every time a scsi bus/port is scanned and a new block device is detected,
we want to call device_probe() as it will give us a chance to run
additional post-processings for some purposes.
In particular, support for creating partitions on a device will be added.
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Use sysreset_walk_halt() directly from reset-after-capsule-on-disk
feature to reboot (cold reset) machine instead of using reset command
interface, since this is not a command.
Note that this will make CONFIG_EFI_CAPSULE_ON_DISK depending on
the CONFIG_SYSRESET.
Signed-off-by: Masami Hiramatsu <masami.hiramatsu@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Make efi_load_capsule_drivers() available even if EFI_CAPSULE_ON_DISK
is disabled because the caller (efi_init_obj_list()) expects it only
relays on EFI_HAVE_CAPSULE_SUPPORT.
Suggested-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Masami Hiramatsu <masami.hiramatsu@linaro.org>
Disable 'capsule disk-update' option for the efidebug command
when CONFIC_EFI_CAPSULE_ON_DISK is disabled, because this option
is available only when the EFI capsule update on disk is enabled.
Signed-off-by: Masami Hiramatsu <masami.hiramatsu@linaro.org>
Suggested-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Since be66b89da3 ("efi_loader: configuration of variables store")
the choice of EFI_VARIABLE_FILE_STORE or EFI_MM_COMM_TEE
is mutually-exclusive, however efi_var_to_file also allows
for "neither". Provide an additional Kconfig option.
Signed-off-by: Tom Saeger <tom.saeger@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Provide settings for enabling the debug UART of the virt machine on
RISC-V QEMU.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
* add link to booti man-page
* correct link description for efidebug command
* correct punctuation
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
This is an attempt to cover the common cases found when enabling driver
model for serial on a new board.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Take as reference Linux kernel code:
drivers/gpio/gpio-pca953x.c
Signed-off-by: Luca Ellero <l.ellero@asem.it>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Use the CONFIG macros to conditionally build the GPIO hogging support in
either the SPL or U-Boot, or both, depending on the configuration. Also
call the GPIO hog probe function in the common SPL board initialization
as an equivalent to adding it to the U-Boot init sequence functions.
Signed-off-by: Eddie James <eajames@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add support for the upstream gpio-line-names property already described
in the common GPIO binding document[1]. The ability to search for a line
name allows boards to lift the implementation of common GPIO behaviours
away from specific line indexes on a GPIO controller.
[1] 3c35bfee83/dtschema/schemas/gpio/gpio.yaml (L17)
Signed-off-by: Andrew Jeffery <andrew@aj.id.au>
This platform has CONFIG_ETH_DESIGNWARE set already, which is the
correct value for the driver in question. Remove this incorrect line.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
We use 'DEBUG' and not 'CONFIG_DEBUG' tree-wide for debug code that is
left in, and not wrapped by some other regular debugging type print
macro.
Cc: Alison Wang <alison.wang@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This symbol is only possibly useful on some mvebu platforms, so move the
symbol there and select it for the only current user.
Cc: Mario Six <mario.six@gdsys.cc>
Cc: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This is a little tricky since SoCFPGA has code to determine this as
runtime. Introduce a guard variable for platforms to select if they
have a static value to use. Then for ARCH_SOCFPGA, call
cm_get_qspi_controller_clk_hz() and otherwise continue the previous
behavior.
Cc: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_CONS_SCIF0
CONFIG_CONS_SCIF1
CONFIG_CONS_SCIF2
CONFIG_CONS_SCIF4
CONFIG_CONS_SCIFA0
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This code is only used on the corvus platform, so migrate the LED on/off
code to this platform and remove it from the CONFIG namespace. In
theory, this should likely be moved to the modern GPIO LED driver as a
further cleanup.
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
A number of CONFIG options are used on these platforms as part of the
default environment. Set some of these more directly and in other
cases, just reference them directly.
Cc: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Cc: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_CM_INIT
CONFIG_CM_REMAP
CONFIG_CM_SPD_DETECT
CONFIG_CM_MULTIPLE_SSRAM
CONFIG_CM_TCRAM
We make the first three of these options be always enabled, as that
matches usage. We select the last two based on how they were defined in
armcoremodule.h. This also allows us to remove some unused code in
board/armltd/integrator/lowlevel_init.S
Cc: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Cc: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This option is only enabled for CI_UDC and !TEGRA20, so implement it as
such in Kconfig directly.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
This register is referenced in one location and does not seem
configurable, so remove it from CONFIG namespace.
Cc: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_BOARD_SIZE_LIMIT
To do this, introduce CONFIG_HAS_BOARD_SIZE_LIMIT.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
- Assorted env tooling updates
- Bug fix around multiple possible env locations and ENV_IS_NOWHERE
- Add 'indirect' sub-command to env
- Allow for FAT env to have the location overridden by the board code.
At present the tests assume that gawk is being used. Adjust the tests so
that the names are inserted in alphabetical order, so that awk is happy.
Also use PROCINFO to make gawk output in alphabetical order. This is not
ideal, since it changes the env-car ordering from what the user provided,
but it may be acceptable.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reported-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Fixes: https://source.denx.de/u-boot/u-boot/-/issues/10
Drop this text at the end since it already mentions bootp and dhcp.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Suggested-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
This doesn't really make much sense in the documentation. Add a code
comment instead.
Suggested-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This will sort the default environment file generated by
"make u-boot-initial-env", but won't sort the default
environment in the compiled u-boot binary. The file
u-boot-initial-env is considered to use for the userpace
environment access tools [1] in case of that the
environments is written the first time into its location.
This is done on the one hand for a better overview and
comparison of the generated environment file. On the other
hand it is to synchronize the output with the script
get_default_env.sh, which generated a sorted default
environment file. The sorting preserves the order of equal
variable names by sorting only the variable name, and
disable the last-resort comparison. After sorting,
unnoticed blank lines at the end move to the top. Avoid
that by removing it before sorting.
[1] https://github.com/sbabic/libubootenv
Signed-off-by: Christoph Niedermaier <cniedermaier@dh-electronics.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Tested-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
To: u-boot@lists.denx.de
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
For platform which can boot on different device, this allows
to override interface, device and partition from board code
Signed-off-by: He Yong <hyyoxhk@163.com>
This allows an ergonomic-enough approximation of ${!variable} expansion.
This could be used the following way:
```
for target in ${boot_targets}; do
env indirect target_name target_name_${target}
# ...
done
```
Assuming `target_name_mmc0` and similar are set appropriately.
A default value can be optionally provided.
Note: this acts on environment variables, not hush variables.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Dionne-Riel <samuel@dionne-riel.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: "Marek Behún" <marek.behun@nic.cz>
[trini: Don't enable by default]
This patch prevent u-boot from hanging on a UltraZed EG board (zynqmp).
Without the patch,
(drv = env_driver_lookup(ENVOP_INIT, prio))
evaluates to 0, causing prio = 0
Then, (!prio) is hit, returning -ENODEV causing a stall.
With the patch,
instead of returning -ENODEV and causing a stall, we
set gd->env_addr (is this really needed?)
and then
mark gd->env_valid = ENV_INVALID to use the default env.
When adding new features to imx8m boards, such as DM clock support,
the malloc area can be exhausted.
To avoid such issue, provide a reasonable default for the
SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN size.
Quoting Tom Rini:
"This seems to be an area where everyone is either:
- Kicking the value up a bit for themselves
- Having hard to figure out problems booting the platform because it's
too small a value until they see someone else picked a larger value.
So lets raise these a bit and get some acks, please."
Suggested-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Tested-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com> #imx8mm-beacon, imx8mn-beacon
Tested-by: Heiko Thiery <heiko.thiery@gmail.com>
To quote the author:
This series collects together various misc patches that were needed when
building mainline U-Boot against Chromium OS verified boot. Most of them
fix minor bugs.
This file uses struct driver, so declare it at the top in case the
header-inclusion order is not as expected.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This is normally defined in stdint.h but is not used in U-Boot. When
libraries (such as Chromium OS vboot) are built against U-Boot they may
expect this value to be available. Add it to avoid build errors in this
case.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
These filesystems may have different settings for SPL and TPL. Use the
correct Makefile variable to handle this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When SPI flash is used in SPL there is no console, so ctrlc() cannot be
called. Add a condition to fix this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We don't use an appended tree for sandbox and the required symbols are
not present. Add a condition to avoid a build error.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
If the buffer is empty and not allocated, then abuf_realloc() tries to
copy invalid data. This happens because an incorrect change to use
memdup() was added after the original code was written.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present the header file defines this function in SPL but the file may
not actually be built. This causes a build error if the option is enabled.
Fix the condition in the header file.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The conversion to bintools broke the invocation of the utility, since
the arguments are not correct. Fix it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
- Add DM_PMIC support to TPS65217 and migrate some platforms to it.
- mkimage verification fixes
- DM rST fix, add missing flag when linking u-boot-elf.o
If image backend provides verify_header callback then call it after writing
image to disk. This ensures that written image is correct.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
fix compile error when using a little-endian to build with configs:
sfr_nb4-ser_ram_defconfig
comtrend_wap5813n_ram_defconfig
comtrend_ar5387un_ram_defconfig
comtrend_ct5361_ram_defconfig
comtrend_vr3032u_ram_defconfig
comtrend_ar5315u_ram_defconfig
huawei_hg556a_ram_defconfig
netgear_dgnd3700v2_ram_defconfig
Signed-off-by: Du Huanpeng <dhu@hodcarrier.org>
When trying to run qemu-riscv64_smode_defconfig with 32 harts booting
fails. The debug UART shows a message
alloc space exhausted
32 is the current maximum number of harts for machine virt in QEMU 7.0.
Raise the default for SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN to 16 KiB.
Move the setting to /Kconfig where we define SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN for
other architectures too.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
Let CONFIG_TARGET_QEMU_VIRT imply CONFIG_CMD_SBI.
The sbi command provides detailed information about the SBI.
It is useful to test the discovery of extensions.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Let the sbi command display:
* machine vendor ID
* machine architecture ID
* machine implementation ID
With this patch the output for the HiFive Unmatched looks like
=> sbi
SBI 0.3
OpenSBI 0.9
Machine:
Vendor ID 489
Architecture ID 8000000000000007
Implementation ID 20181004
Extensions:
sbi_set_timer
sbi_console_putchar
sbi_console_getchar
sbi_clear_ipi
sbi_send_ipi
sbi_remote_fence_i
sbi_remote_sfence_vma
sbi_remote_sfence_vma_asid
sbi_shutdown
SBI Base Functionality
Timer Extension
IPI Extension
RFENCE Extension
Hart State Management Extension
System Reset Extension
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Provide library functions to read:
* machine vendor ID
* machine architecture ID
* machine implementation ID
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Version 1.0-rc3 of the RISC-V Supervisor Binary Interface Specification
has added the Performance Monitoring Unit Extension.
The sbi command should be able to detect it.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
The tps65217 PMIC driver is used with am335x SoC based designs.
It is used in the SPL (MLO) as well, so the DM conversion only is
for u-boot proper.
This driver only allows simple reading/writing/dumping of the content
of its registers and requires the DM_I2C for proper operation.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Up till now the CONFIG_POWER_TPS65217 has been defined in several header
files for am335x SoC.
This patch renames it to CONFIG_PMIC_TPS65217, which better reflects the
role of this IC circuit.
Moreover, new CONFIG_PMIC_TPS65217 has been introduced in Kconfig
to be used with boards, which both support DM_PMIC and DM_I2C.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
[trini: Migrate all other platforms as well]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Xilinx changes for v2022.07-rc1 v2
xilinx:
- Allow booting bigger kernels till 100MB
zynqmp:
- DT updates (reset IDs)
- Remove unneeded low level uart initialization from psu_init*
- Enable PWM features
- Add support for 1EG device
serial_zynq:
- Change fifo behavior in DEBUG mode
zynq_sdhci:
- Fix BASECLK setting calculation
clk_zynqmp:
- Add support for showing video clock
gpio:
- Update slg driver to handle DT flags
net:
- Update ethernet_id code to support also DM_ETH_PHY
- Add support for DM_ETH_PHY in gem driver
- Enable dynamic mode for SGMII config in gem driver
pwm:
- Add driver for cadence PWM
versal:
- Add support for reserved memory
firmware:
- Handle PD enabling for SPL
- Add support for IOUSLCR SGMII configurations
include:
- Sync phy.h with Linux
- Update xilinx power domain dt binding headers
While creating a phy device using phy_device_create(), we need to
provide a valid phyaddr instead of 0 causing phy address being
registered as 0 with mdio bus and shows mdio phy list as below
ZynqMP> mdio list
eth0:
0 - TI DP83867 <--> ethernet@ff0b0000
eth1:
0 - TI DP83867 <--> ethernet@ff0c0000
Also PHY soft reset is being requested on 0 instead of valid
address causing "PHY reset timed out" error.
So add phyaddr argument to phy_connect_phy_id() and to its prototype
to create phy device with valid phyaddress.
Fixes: a744a284e3 ("net: phy: Add support for ethernet-phy-id with gpio reset")
Signed-off-by: T Karthik Reddy <t.karthik.reddy@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/fe35fddb9faa5af577ffdfabaec6879c935a30f8.1648562755.git.michal.simek@xilinx.com
A big part is the DM pinctrl driver, which allows us to get rid of quite
some custom pinmux code and make the whole port much more robust. Many
thanks to Samuel for that nice contribution! There are some more or less
cosmetic warnings about missing clocks right now, I will send the trivial
fixes for that later.
Another big chunk is the mkimage upgrade, which adds RISC-V and TOC0
(secure images) support. Both features are unused at the moment, but I
have an always-secure board that will use that once the DT lands in the
kernel.
On top of those big things we have some smaller fixes, improving the
I2C DM support, fixing some H6/H616 early clock setup and improving the
eMMC boot partition support.
The gitlab CI completed successfully, including the build test for all
161 sunxi boards. I also boot tested on a A64, A20, H3, H6, and F1C100
board. USB, SD card, eMMC, and Ethernet all work there (where applicable).
Now that the SPL can safely detect whether it was loaded from an eMMC
boot partition or the normal user data partition, let's enable this
feature on some boards that feature eMMC storage.
That covers the boards where I could test this on, and allows the same
build to be written to an SD card, eMMC user partition, eMMC boot
partition, or into SPI NOR flash.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
When the Allwinner BROM loads the SPL from an eMMC boot partition, it
sets the boot source byte to the same value as when booting from the
user data partition. This prevents us from determining the boot source
to load U-Boot proper from the proper partition for sure.
The generic SPL MMC code already looks at the enabled boot partition
number, to load U-Boot proper from the same partition, but this fails
if there is nothing bootable in this partition, as the BROM then
silently falls back to the user data partition, which the SPL misses.
To learn about the actual boot source anyway, we repeat the algorithm
the BROM used to select the boot partition in the first place:
- Test EXT_CSD[179] to check if an eMMC boot partition is enabled.
- Test EXT_CSD[177] to check for valid MMC interface settings.
- Check if BOOT_ACK is enabled.
- Check the beginning of the first sector for a valid eGON signature.
- Load the whole SPL.
- Recalculate the checksum to verify the SPL is valid.
If one of those steps fails, we bail out and continue loading from the
user data partition. Otherwise we load from the selected boot partition.
Since the boot source is needed twice in the boot process, we cache the
result of this test to avoid doing this costly test multiple times.
This allows the very same image file to be put onto an SD card, into the
eMMC user data partition or into the eMMC boot partition, and safely
loads the whole of U-Boot from there.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Add CONFIG_NR_DRAM_BANKS from am64x_evm_a53_defconfig as this is needed
to calculate the size of DDR that is available.
Signed-off-by: Dave Gerlach <d-gerlach@ti.com>
Call into k3-ddrss driver to fixup device tree and resize the available
amount of DDR if ECC is enabled.
A second fixup is required from A53 SPL to take the fixup as done from
R5 SPL and apply it to DT passed to A53 U-boot, which in turn passes
this to the OS.
Signed-off-by: Dave Gerlach <d-gerlach@ti.com>
Introduce ECC Functionality for full memory space as implemented in the
DDRSS. The following is done to accomplish this:
* Introduce a memory region "ss" to allow dt to provide DDRSS region,
which is not the same as "ctl" which is the controller region.
* Introduce a "ti,ecc-enable" flag which allows a memorycontroller
instance to enable ecc.
* Introduce functionality to properly program the DDRSS registers to
enable ECC for the full DDR memory space if enabled with above flag.
* Expose a k3_ddrss_ddr_fdt_fixup call to allow fixup of fdt blob to
account from DDR memory that must be reserved for ECC operation.
Signed-off-by: Dave Gerlach <d-gerlach@ti.com>
The current address being read from dt actually represents the ddrss_ctl
memory region, while ddrss_ss region is something else. Introduce
ddrss_ctl_regs and use it to free up ddrss_ss_regs for its proper
purpose later so that we can avoid confusion.
Signed-off-by: Dave Gerlach <d-gerlach@ti.com>
Use the appropriate fdtdec_setup_mem_size_base and
fdtdec_setup_bank_size calls in dram_init and dram_bank_init to pull
these values from DT, where they are already available, instead of
hardcoding them.
Signed-off-by: Dave Gerlach <d-gerlach@ti.com>
Timer0 runs at 200MHz,and the clock-frequency defined in DT is
incorrect. Fix it.
Signed-off-by: Vignesh Raghavendra <vigneshr@ti.com>
Reviewed-By: Nishanth Menon <nm@ti.com>
On arm64 systems, recommendation is to use per-cpu timer for time
keeping. Currently AM64 ends up using DM timer as tick timer as driver
is enabled in the config. Drop OMAP DM Timer related configs, this will
switch to using armv8 per-cpu timer as tick timer for A53 SPL/U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Vignesh Raghavendra <vigneshr@ti.com>
Reviewed-By: Nishanth Menon <nm@ti.com>
On AM64x devices, it is possible to route Main ESM0 error events to MCU
ESM. MCU ESM high error output can trigger the reset logic to reset the
device. So, for these devices we expect two ESM device nodes in the
device tree, one for Main ESM and the another MCU ESM in the device tree.
When these ESM device nodes are properly configired it is possible to
route the Main RTI0 WWDT output to the MCU ESM high output through Main
ESM and trigger a device reset when
CTRLMMR_MCU_RST_CTRL:MCU_ESM_ERROR_RESET_EN_Z is set to '0'.
On K3 AM64x devices, the R5 SPL u-boot handles the ESM device node
configurations.
Signed-off-by: Hari Nagalla <hnagalla@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Christian Gmeiner <christian.gmeiner@gmail.com>
Enable access to ESM0 configuration space and add Main ESM0 and MCU ESM
nodes to the AM64 device tree.
Signed-off-by: Hari Nagalla <hnagalla@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Christian Gmeiner <christian.gmeiner@gmail.com>
Add functionality to enable, set priority to the input events and to
route to MCU ESM. On AM64x/AM62x devices, it is possible to route Main
ESM0 error events to MCU ESM. When these error events are routed to MCU
ESM high output, it can trigger the reset logic to reset the device,
when CTRLMMR_MCU_RST_CTRL:MCU_ESM_ERROR_RESET_EN_Z is set to '0'.
K3 based J7 devices (ex: J721e) also have ESM modules, and the changes
to the driver does not impact those devices.
Signed-off-by: Hari Nagalla <hnagalla@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Christian Gmeiner <christian.gmeiner@gmail.com>
U-boot is intended to replace linux kernel in android boot image(ABL), and
it's FIT payload to replace initramfs file. The boot process is similar to
boot image with linux:
- android bootloader (ABL) unpacks android boot image
- ABL sets `linux,initrd-start property` in chosen node in unpacked FDT
- ABL sets x0 register to FDT address, and passes control to u-boot
- u-boot reads x0 register, and stores it in `prevbl_fdt_addr` env variable
- u-boot reads `linux,initrd-start` property,
and stores it in `prevbl_initrd_start_addr`
In this way, u-boot bootcmd relies on `prevbl_initrd_start_addr` env
variable, and boils down to `bootm $prevbl_initrd_start_addr`.
If more control on boot process is desired, pack a boot script in
FIT image, and put it to default configuration
What done:
- Rearrange defconfig option order
- Add CONFIG_SAVE_PREV_BL_* options
- Doc updates:
- remove wrong SBOOT memory corruption note, because
memory is changed during u-boot bringup process,
not by SBOOT
- put payload on ramdisk place in abl boot image
creation step
Signed-off-by: Dzmitry Sankouski <dsankouski@gmail.com>
Platforms can overwrite the weak definition of spl_mmc_boot_mode() to
determine where to load U-Boot proper from.
For most of them this is a trivial decision based on Kconfig variables,
but it might be desirable the probe the actual device to answer this
question.
Pass the pointer to the mmc struct to that function, so implementations
can make use of that.
Compile-tested for all users changed.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Ley Foon Tan <ley.foon.tan@inte.com> (for SoCFPGA)
Acked-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com> (for OMAP and K3)
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
BSP boot0 executes resistor calibration before clocks are initialized.
Let's do that.
Signed-off-by: Jernej Skrabec <jernej.skrabec@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
H6 and H616 SPL code has a few writes to unknown PRCM registers. Now
that we know what they are, let's replace magic offsets with proper
register names.
Signed-off-by: Jernej Skrabec <jernej.skrabec@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Fix non working console on uart2, that seems releated to both
Allwinner H2+ and H3.
Signed-off-by: Angelo Dureghello <angelo.dureghello@timesys.com>
[Andre: remove H2+, rearrange pin setup order]
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
This syncs the sun8i-h3-nanopi-neo.dts from the Linux tree, from tag
v5.18-rc1.
The alias is required to enable automatic MAC address generation.
Signed-off-by: Baltazár Radics <baltazar.radics@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Currently, clock/reset setup for this device is handled by a
platform-specific function and is intermixed with non-DM pinctrl
setup. Use the devicetree to get clocks/resets, which disentagles
it from the pinctrl setup in preparation for moving to DM_PINCTRL.
This also has the added benefit of picking the right clock/reset
bits for H6 and new SoCs that have a rearranged PRCM MMIO space.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Chips attached to the RSB bus require an initialization command before
they can be used. (Specifically, this command programs the chip's
runtime address.) The driver does this in its .probe_chip hook, under
the assumption that .probe_chip is called during child probe. This is
not the case; .probe_chip is only called by dm_i2c_probe, which is
intended for use by board-level code, not for chips with OF nodes.
Since this initialization command must be run before a child chip can be
used, do it before probing each child.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Acked-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Currently, clock/reset setup for this device is handled by a
platform-specific function and is intermixed with non-DM pinctrl
setup. Use the devicetree to get clocks/resets, which disentagles
it from the pinctrl setup in preparation for moving to DM_PINCTRL.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Chips attached to the P2WI bus require an initialization command before
they can be used. (Specifically, this switches the chip from I2C mode
to P2WI mode.) The driver does this in its .probe_chip hook, under the
assumption that .probe_chip is called during child probe. This is not
the case; .probe_chip is only called by dm_i2c_probe, which is intended
for use by board-level code, not for chips with OF nodes.
Since this initialization command must be run before a child chip can be
used, do it before probing each child.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Acked-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Now that mkimage can generate TOC0 images, and the SPL can interpret
them, hook up the build infrastructure so the user can choose which
image type to build. Since the absolute load address is stored in the
TOC0 header, that information must be passed to mkimage.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
SPL uses the image header to detect the boot device and to find the
offset of the next U-Boot stage. Since this information is stored
differently in the eGON and TOC0 image headers, add code to find the
correct value based on the image type currently in use.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Most Allwinner sunxi SoCs have separate boot ROMs in non-secure and
secure mode. The "non-secure" or "normal" boot ROM (NBROM) uses the
existing sunxi_egon image type. The secure boot ROM (SBROM) uses a
completely different image type, known as TOC0.
A TOC0 image is composed of a header and two or more items. One item
is the firmware binary. The others form a chain linking the firmware
signature to the root-of-trust public key (ROTPK), which has its hash
burned in the SoC's eFuses. Signatures are made using RSA-2048 + SHA256.
The pseudo-ASN.1 structure is manually assembled; this is done to work
around bugs/quirks in the boot ROM, which vary between SoCs. This TOC0
implementation has been verified to work with the A50, A64, H5, H6,
and H616 SBROMs, and it may work with other SoCs.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Acked-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
As mkimage -T sunxi_egon now gains support for -A parameter, specify the
architecture when generating SPL boot image for sunxi.
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Icenowy Zheng <icenowy@aosc.io>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
There's now a sun20i family in sunxi, which uses RISC-V CPU.
Add support for making eGON.BT0 image for RISC-V.
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Icenowy Zheng <icenowy@aosc.io>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Refactor some functions in mkimage sunxi_egon type, in order to prepare
for adding support for more CPU architectures (e.g. RISC-V). In
addition, compatibility for operation w/o specified architecture is
kept, in this case the architecture is assumed as ARM.
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Icenowy Zheng <icenowy@aosc.io>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
The sunxi_egon type used to take no -A argument (because we assume sunxi
targets are all ARM). However, as Allwinner D1 appears as the first
RISC-V sunxi target, we need to support -A; in addition, as external
projects rely on U-Boot mkimage to generate sunxi eGON.BT0 header, we
need to keep compatibility with command line without -A.
As the default value of arch in mkimage is not proper (IH_ARCH_PPC
instead of IH_ARCH_INVALID), to keep more compatibility, add an Aflag
field to image parameters to describe whether an architecture is
explicitly specified.
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Signed-off-by: Icenowy Zheng <icenowy@aosc.io>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
When the DM_I2C driver is loaded, the pin setup is done automatically
from the device tree by the pinctrl driver.
Clean up the code in the process: remove #ifdefs and recognize that the
pin configuration is the same for all sun8i/sun50i SoCs, not just those
which select CONFIG_MACH_SUN8I.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
When the DM_I2C driver is loaded, the pin setup is done automatically
from the device tree by the pinctrl driver.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
These options are not currently enabled anywhere. Any new users should
use DM clocks and pinctrl.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Where multiple options were available, the one matching board.c and the
device trees was chosen.
Pin lists and mux values were taken from the Linux drivers.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
[Andre: fixup H5 I2C1 pinmux]
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
This includes UART0 and R_UART (s_uart) on all supported platforms, plus
the additional UART configurations from arch/arm/mach-sunxi/board.c.
Pin lists and mux values were taken from the Linux drivers.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
The sunxi pinctrl hardware has bias and drive control. Add driver
support for configuring those options.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
The pinmux command uses this function to display pinmux status.
Since the driver cannot map pin numbers to a list of supported
functions, only functions which are common across all pins can be
reported by name.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Implement the operations to get pin and function names, and to set the
mux for a pin. The pin count and pin names are calculated as if each
bank has the maximum number of pins. Function names are simply the index
into a list of { function name, mux value } pairs.
We assume all pins associated with a function use the same mux value for
that function. This is generally true within a group of pins on a single
port, but generally false when some peripheral can be muxed to multiple
ports. For example, A64 UART3 uses mux 3 on port D, and mux 2 on port H.
But all of the port D pins use the same mux value, and so do all of the
port H pins. This applies even when the pins for some function are not
contiguous, and when the lower-numbered mux values are unused. A good
example of both of these cases is SPI0 on most SoCs.
This strategy saves a lot of space (which is especially important for
SPL), but where the mux value for a certain function differs across
ports, it forces us to choose a single port for that function at build
time. Since almost all boards use the default (i.e. reference design)
pin muxes[1], this is unlikely to be a problem.
[1]: See commit dda9fa734f ("sunxi: Simplify MMC pinmux selection")
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
[Andre: add comment summarising the commit message]
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Create a do-nothing driver for each sunxi pin controller variant.
Since only one driver can automatically bind to a DT node, since the
GPIO driver already requires a manual binding process, and since the
pinctrl driver needs access to some of the same information, refactor
the GPIO driver to be bound by the pinctrl driver. This commit should
cause no functional change.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
U-boot is intended to replace linux kernel in android boot image(ABL), and
it's FIT payload to replace initramfs file. The boot process is similar to
boot image with linux:
- android bootloader (ABL) unpacks android boot image
- ABL sets `linux,initrd-start property` in chosen node in unpacked FDT
- ABL sets x0 register to FDT address, and passes control to u-boot
- u-boot reads x0 register, and stores it in `prevbl_fdt_addr` env variable
- u-boot reads `linux,initrd-start` property,
and stores it in `prevbl_initrd_start_addr`
In this way, u-boot bootcmd relies on `prevbl_initrd_start_addr` env
variable, and boils down to `bootm $prevbl_initrd_start_addr`.
If more control on boot process is desired, pack a boot script in
FIT image, and put it to default configuration
What done:
- strip unneeded config options
- add FIT image support
- add framebuffer node, u-boot logo and video console
- increase LMB_MAX_REGIONS, to store all linux dtb reserved memory regions
- add linux kernel image header
Uart driver causes hang, when u-boot is used in android boot image instead
of linux. Temporary disable console driver, until investigated and fixed.
Signed-off-by: Dzmitry Sankouski <dsankouski@gmail.com>
Cc: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
When u-boot is used as a chain-loaded bootloader (replacing OS kernel),
previous bootloader leaves data in RAM, that can be reused.
For example, on recent arm linux system, when chainloading u-boot,
there are initramfs and fdt in RAM prepared for OS booting. Initramfs
may be modified to store u-boot's payload, thus providing the ability to
use chainloaded u-boot to boot OS without any storage support.
Two config options added:
- SAVE_PREV_BL_INITRAMFS_START_ADDR
saves initramfs start address to 'prevbl_initrd_start_addr' environment
variable
- SAVE_PREV_BL_FDT_ADDR
saves fdt address to 'prevbl_fdt_addr' environment variable
Signed-off-by: Dzmitry Sankouski <dsankouski@gmail.com>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
We already support the NVMe commands and PCIe backend in the QEMU target,
so let's make it easy for anyone to consume them and enable NVMe distro
boot along the way!
With this patch, I can put an NVMe backed disk image into my QEMU VM and
have it automatically load a UEFI target blob.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@csgraf.de>
Reviewed-by: Mark Kettenis <kettenis@openbsd.org>
First set of u-boot-at91 features for the 2022.07 cycle:
This feature set includes the new driver for the Atmel TCB timer,
alignment in DT for sama7g5 and sama7g5ek board, one Kconfig conversion
for external reset, and the usage of Galois tables from ROM for sama5d2
device.
Unfortunately, we require additional logic to buildman to support this
removal and still use SYS_SOC, etc, for build targets.
This reverts commit eeec00072d.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This brings in two related series. The first from Andre:
This series is the continuation of last year's effort to support the new
Armv8-R64 application profile. This led to a significant rework of the
existing fastmodel (FVP) support, to both upgrade it to newest U-Boot
standards (OF_CONTROL and distro_boot support), but also to generalise
the code, so that plugging in the v8-R64 support in the last patch gets
much easier. This is because apart from the twisted memory map between
the two profiles there is actually little difference, when it comes to
U-Boot relevant parts of the hardware.
I kept the legacy semihosting support (which picks up magic files from
the current directory), but if that fails, we go and try virtio-blk
(.iso installer images work), then virtio-net.
Please have a look, and give it a try, if possible. Both the v8-R and
v8-A FVP models are available for free on the Arm website[1].
Patch 01/11 fixes a regression introduced in December, it should be
applied now. The rest of the patches are for the next merge window.
[1]
https://developer.arm.com/tools-and-software/simulation-models/fast-models
And the second from Sean (where we exclude 27, 28 and 29 for now):
This cleans up the semihosting code and adds the following new features:
- hostfs support (like sandbox)
- support for being used as a SPL boot device
- serial device support
- falling back to normal drivers if semihosting is disabled
The main device affected by these changes is vexpress64, so I'd
appreciate
if Andre (or anyone else) could try booting.
These changes are motivated by bringup for ls1046a. When forcing JTAG
boot, this device disables most communication peripherals, including
serial and ethernet devices. This appears to be fixed in later
generation devices, but we are stuck with it for now. Semihosting
provides an easy way to run a few console commands.
The patches in this series are organized as follows:
0-4: rST conversions and other documentation updates
5-9: Semihosting cleanups
10-14: Filesystem support (including SPL boot device)
15-16: Serial support
16: Documentation update
17: JTAG boot support for LS1046A
19-25: Semihosting fallback
26-29: DM puts support
The last two groups of patches are "bonus;" the first 17 patches stand
on their own. The last two groups could be broken out as separate
series, but I have kept them in this one to help with my sanity (and not
have to deal with too many outstanding series).
Patch 14 depends on [1] to apply cleanly. Patch 17 depends on [2] for
correctness. This series should be applied to u-boot/next (in
particular, the EROFS series must have been applied).
[1]
https://lore.kernel.org/u-boot/CACRpkdZ+9fmNjC_mvrbPa9-iuTQVd8UkJ7Zpe7cL0c5vZygsVw@mail.gmail.com/T/
[2]
https://lore.kernel.org/u-boot/20220222183840.1355337-2-sean.anderson@seco.com/
Some serial drivers can be vastly more efficient when printing multiple
characters at once. Non-DM serial has had a puts option for these sorts
of drivers; implement it for DM serial as well.
Because we have to add carriage returns, we can't just pass the whole
string directly to the serial driver. Instead, we print up to the
newline, then print a carriage return, and then continue on. This is
less efficient, but it is better than printing each character
individually. It also avoids having to allocate memory just to add a few
characters.
Drivers may perform short writes (such as filling a FIFO) and return the
number of characters written in len. We loop over them in the same way
that _serial_putc loops over putc.
This results in around sizeof(void *) growth for all boards with
DM_SERIAL. The full implementation takes around 140 bytes.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Use the semihosting_enabled function to determine whether or not to
enable semihosting devices. This allows for graceful fallback in the
event a debugger is not attached.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
If semihosting is disabled, then the user has no debugger attached, and
will not see any messages. Don't create a serial device in this
instance, to (hopefully) fall back on another working serial device.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
If a debugger is not attached to U-Boot, semihosting calls will raise a
synchronous abort exception. Try to catch this and disable semihosting
so we can e.g. use another uart if one is available. In the immediate
case, we return an error, since it is not always possible to check for
semihosting beforehand (debug uart, user-initiated load command, etc.)
We handle all possible semihosting instructions, which is probably
overkill. However, we do need to keep track of what instruction set
we're using so that we don't suppress an actual error.
A future enhancement could try to determine semihosting capability by
inspecting the processor state. There's an example of this at [1] for
RISC-V. The equivalent for ARM would inspect the monitor modei
enable/select bits of the DSCR. However, as the article notes, an
exception handler is still helpful in order to catch disconnected
debuggers.
[1] https://tomverbeure.github.io/2021/12/30/Semihosting-on-RISCV.html#avoiding-hangs-when-a-debugger-is-not-connected
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
These functions are intended to support detecting semihosting and
falling back gracefully to alternative implementations. The test starts
by making semihosting call. SYS_ERRNO is chosen because it should not
mutate any state. If this semihosting call results in an exception
(rather than being caught by the debugger), then the exception handler
should call disable_semihosting() and resume execution after the call.
Ideally, this would just be part of semihosting by default, and not a
separate config. However, to reduce space ARM SPL doesn't include
exception vectors by default. This means we can't detect if a
semihosting call failed unless we enable them. To avoid forcing them to
be enabled, we use a separate config option. It might also be possible
to try and detect whether a debugger has enabled (by reading HDE from
DSCR), but I wasn't able to figure out a way to do this from all ELs.
This patch just introduces the generic code to handle detection. The
next patch will implement it for arm64 (but not arm32).
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
This imports some defines for esr and spsr from Linux v5.16. I have
modified the includes and fixed some indentation nits but otherwise it
is the same. There are a lot more defines than we need, but it doesn't
hurt.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
This register holds "pstate" which includes (among other things) the
instruction mode the CPU was in when the exception was taken. This is
necessary to correctly interpret instructions at elr.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
To avoid passing around an extra register everywhere, save esr in
pt_regs like the rest. For proper alignment we need to have a second
(unused) register. All the printfs have to be adjusted, since
it's now an unsigned long and not an int.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
This adds support for booting entirely from JTAG while using a
hard-coded RCW. With these steps, it is not necessary to program a
"good" RCW using CodeWarrior. The method here can be performed with any
JTAG adapter supported by OpenOCD, including the on-board CMSIS-DAP
(albeit very slowly).
These steps require LS1046A support in OpenOCD, which was added in [1].
[1] 5b70c1f679/
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
[trini: Add reference to doc/board/nxp/ls1046ardb.rst]
This documents how to use semihosting, the new semihosting features, and
how to migrate from smhload.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
This adds a serial driver which uses semihosting calls to read and write
to the host's console. For convenience, if CONFIG_DM_SERIAL is enabled,
we will instantiate a serial driver. This allows users to enable this
driver (which has no physical device) without modifying their device
trees or board files. We also implement a non-DM driver for SPL, or for
much faster output in U-Boot proper.
There are three ways to print to the console:
Method Baud
================== =====
smh_putc in a loop 170
smh_puts 1600
smh_write with :tt 20000
================== =====
These speeds were measured using a 175 character message with a J-Link
adapter. For reference, U-Boot typically prints around 2700 characters
during boot on this board. There are two major factors affecting the
speed of these functions. First, each breakpoint incurs a delay. Second,
each debugger memory transaction incurs a delay. smh_putc has a
breakpoint and memory transaction for every character. smh_puts has one
breakpoint, but still has to use a transaction for every character. This
is because we don't know the length up front, so OpenOCD has to check if
each character is nul. smh_write has only one breakpoint and one memory
transfer.
DM serial drivers can only implement a putc interface, so we are stuck
with the slowest API. Non-DM drivers can implement puts, which is vastly
more efficient. When the driver starts up, we try to open :tt. Since
this is an extension, this may fail. If it does, we fall back to
smh_puts. We don't check :semihosting-features, since there are
nonconforming implementations (OpenOCD) which don't implement it (but
*do* implement :tt).
Some semihosting implementations (QEMU) don't handle READC properly. To
work around this, we try to use open/read (much like for stdin) if
possible.
There is no non-blocking I/O available, so we don't implement pending.
This will cause __serial_tstc to always return true. If
CONFIG_SERIAL_RX_BUFFER is enabled, _serial_tstc will try and read
characters forever. To avoid this, we depend on this config being
disabled.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This adds three wrappers around the semihosting commands for reading and
writing to the host console. We use the more standard getc/putc/puts
names instead of readc/writec/write0 for familiarity.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
This command's functionality is now completely implemented by the
standard fs load command. Convert the vexpress64 boot command (which is
the only user) and remove the implementation.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
Most U-Boot command deal with start/size instead of start/end. Convert
the "fdt chosen" command to use these semantics as well. The only user
of this subcommand is vexpress, so convert the smhload command to use
this as well. We don't bother renaming the variable in vexpress64's
bootcommand, since it will be rewritten in the next commit.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
This adds a filesystem which is backed by the host's filesystem. It is
modeled off of sandboxfs, which has very similar aims. Semihosting
doesn't support listing directories (except with SYS_SYSTEM), so neither
do we. it's possible to optimize a bit for the common case of reading a
whole file by omitting a call to smh_seek, but this is left as a future
optimization.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
This adds a boot method for loading the next stage from the host. It is
mostly modeled off of spl_load_image_ext. I am not really sure why/how
spl_load_image_fat uses three different methods to load the image, but
the simple case seems to work OK for now.
To control the presence of this boot method, we add a config symbol.
While we're at it, we update the original semihosting config symbol.
I think semihosting has some advantages of other forms of JTAG boot.
Common other ways to boot from JTAG include:
- Implementing DDR initialization through JTAG (typically with dozens of
lines of TCL) and then loading U-Boot. The DDR initialization
typically uses hard-coded register writes, and is not easily adapted
to different boards. BOOT_DEVICE_SMH allows booting with SPL,
leveraging U-Boot's existing DDR initialization code. This is the
method used by NXP's CodeWarrior IDE on Layerscape processors (see
AN12270).
- Loading a bootloader into SDRAM, waiting for it to initialize DDR, and
then loading U-Boot. This is tricky, because the debugger must stop the
boot after the bootloader has completed its work. Trying to load
U-Boot too early can cause failure to boot. This is the method used by
Xilinx with its Zynq(MP) processors.
- Loading SPL with BOOT_DEVICE_RAM and breaking before SPL loads the
image to load U-Boot at the appropriate place. This can be a bit
tricky, because the load address is dependent on the header size. An
elf with symbols must also be used in order to stop at the appropriate
point. BOOT_DEVICE_SMH can be viewed as an extension of this process,
where SPL automatically stops and tells the host where to place the
image.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
In order to add filesystem support, we will need to be able to seek and
write files. Add the appropriate helper functions.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
Instead of printing in what are now library functions, try to return a
numeric error code. This also adjust some functions (such as read) to
behave more similarly to read(2). For example, we now return the number
of bytes read instead of failing immediately on a short read.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
There's no point in using string constants for smh_open if we are just
going to have to parse them. Instead, use numeric modes. The user needs
to be a bit careful with these, since they are much closer semantically
to string modes used by fopen(3) than the numeric modes used with
open(2).
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
This exports semihosting functions for use in other files. The header is
in include/ and not arm/include/asm because I anticipate that RISC-V may
want to add their own implementation at some point.
smh_len_fd has been renamed to smh_flen to more closely match the
semihosting spec.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
These files are spread all over the tree, so just use a regex. Orphaned
for now, since this is more of a "one-off" series. Though I'll be happy
to review patches.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
This adds some instructions for enabling the debug uart, including the
correct address and clock rate.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
This adds some additional info about booting from different sources,
including the correct switch positions.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
This converts the readme for this board to rST. I have tried not to
change any semantics from the original (though I did convert MB to M).
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
This converts the semihosting readme to rST. I have tried to make only
cosmetic changes, but I did fix up the first link (which was broken).
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
The ARMv8-R64 architecture introduces optional VMSA (paging based MMU)
support in the EL1/0 translation regime, which makes that part mostly
compatible to ARMv8-A.
Add a new board variant to describe the "BASE-R64" FVP model, which
inherits a lot from the existing v8-A FVP support. One major difference
is that the memory map in "inverted": DRAM starts at 0x0, MMIO is at
2GB [1].
* Create new TARGET_VEXPRESS64_BASER_FVP target, sharing most of the
exising configuration.
* Implement inverted memory map in vexpress_aemv8.h
* Create vexpress_aemv8r defconfig
* Provide an MMU memory map for the BASER_FVP
* Update vexpress64 documentation
At the moment the boot-wrapper is the only supported secure firmware. As
there is no official DT for the board yet, we rely on it being supplied
by the boot-wrapper into U-Boot, so use OF_HAS_PRIOR_STAGE, and go with
a dummy DT for now.
[1] https://developer.arm.com/documentation/100964/1114/Base-Platform/Base---memory/BaseR-Platform-memory-map
Signed-off-by: Peter Hoyes <Peter.Hoyes@arm.com>
[Andre: rebase and add Linux kernel header]
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
[trini: Add MAINTAINERS entry for Peter]
So far the DRAM size for both the Juno and the FVP model were hardcoded
in our config header file. For the Juno this is fine, as all models have
8 GiB of DRAM, but the DRAM size can be configured on the model command
line.
Drop the fixed DRAM size setup, instead look up the size in the device
tree, that we now have for every board. This allows a user to inject
a DT with the proper size, and be able to use the full amount of DRAM.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
In preparation for the ARMv8-R64 FVP support, which has DRAM mapped at
0x0, generalise the page table generation, by using symbolic names for
the address ranges instead of fixed numbers.
We already define the base of the DRAM and MMIO regions, so just use
those symbols in the page table description. Rename V2M_BASE to the more
speaking V2M_DRAM_BASE on the way.
On the VExpress memory map, the address space right after 4GB is of no
particular interest to software, as the whole of DRAM is mapped at 32GB
instead. The first 2 GB alias to the lower 2GB of DRAM mapped below 4GB,
so we skip this part and map some more of the high DRAM, should anyone
need it.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Right now the defconfig the Arm VExpress64 boards disables quite some
standard commands, for apparently no good reasons (as image size is
hardly a concern here).
Remove the lines explicitly disabling those features, leaving it to
the U-Boot default settings to set them.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
So far the FVP model just supports booting through semihosting, so by
loading files from the host the model is running on. This allows for
quick booting of new kernels (or replacing DTBs), but prevents more
featureful boots like using UEFI.
Enable the distro_boot feature, and provide a list of possible boot
sources that U-Boot should check:
- For backwards compatibility we start with semihosting, which gets its
commands migrated from CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND into the distro_boot
infrastructure. This is also slightly tweaked to fail graceful in case
the required files could not be found.
- Next we try to use a user provided script, that could be easily
placed into memory using the model command line.
- Since we gained virtio support with the enablement of OF_CONTROL,
let's check virtio block devices next. This is where UEFI boot can
be easily used, for instance by providing a distro installer .iso
file through virtio-blk.
- Networking is now provided by virtio as well, so enable the default
PXE and DHCP boot flows, mostly because we can.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
The defconfigs for the Arm Juno board and the FVP model are quite large,
setting a lot of platform-fixed variables like SYS_TEXT_BASE.
As those values are not really a user choice, let's provide default
values for them in our Kconfig file, so a lot of cruft can be removed
from the defconfig files.
This also moves the driver selection out of there, since this is again
not something a user should really decide on. Instead we allow users to
enable or disable subsystems, and select the appropriate drivers based
on that in the Kconfig file.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
The definition of the standard environment variables (kernel_addr_r and
friends) has been improved lately for the FVP model, but the Juno board
is still using some custom scheme.
Since we need to extend this to a third board soon, let's unify the
definition:
- Define the Juno addresses in the same generic way we do for the FVP
model, and move the actual variable setting out of the board #ifdef's.
- Add the missing addresses for a PXE file and a boot script.
- Cleanup some stale comments on the way.
As the FVP model doesn't have support for distro_boot quite yet, add
a dummy definition for now, to be replaced with the real thing later.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
The FVP base model is relying on a DT for Linux operation, so there is
no reason we would need to rely on hardcoded information for U-Boot.
Letting U-Boot use a DT will open up the usage of actual peripherals,
beyond the support for semihosting only.
Enable OF_CONTROL in the Kconfig, and use the latest dts files from
Linux. Depending on whether we use the boot-wrapper or TF-A, there is
already a DTB provided or not, respectively.
To cover the boot-wrapper, we add an arm64 Linux kernel header, which
allows the boot-wrapper to treat U-Boot like a Linux kernel. U-Boot will
find the pointer to the DTB in x0, and will use it.
Even though TF-A carries a DT, at the moment this is not made available
to non-secure world, so to not break users, we use the U-Boot provided
DTB copy in that case. For some reason TF-A puts some DT like structure
at the address x0 is pointing at, but that is very small and doesn't
carry any hardware information. Make the code to ignore those small DTBs.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
The Arm Fixed Virtual Platform (FVP) is a software model for an
artificial ARM platform, it is available for free on the Arm website[1].
Add the devicetree files for the latest RevC version, as we will need
them to enable OF_CONTROL for the vexpress_aemv8a_semi board.
This is a verbatim copy of the respective files from Linux v5.17-rc6,
which is unchanged from the v5.16 release.
[1] https://developer.arm.com/tools-and-software/simulation-models/fast-models
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
At the moment we define three "VExpress64" boards in arch/arm/Kconfig,
plus have a second Kconfig file in board/armltd/Kconfig.
One of those three boards is actually bogus (TARGET_VEXPRESS64_AEMV8A),
that stanza looks like being forgotten in a previous cleanup.
To remove the clutter from the generic Kconfig file, just define some
ARCH_VEXPRESS64 symbol there, enable some common options, and do the
board/model specific configuration in the board/armltd Kconfig file.
That allows to streamline and fine tune the configuration later, and
to also pull a lot of "non user choices" out of the defconfigs.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE
Note that for how this is re-used on some PowePC platforms, we introduce
CONFIG_SPL_SYS_MONITOR_BASE and CONFIG_TPL_SYS_MONITOR_BASE and use the
CONFIG_VAL macro to get the correct value at build time, in the code.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_NORFLASH_PS32BIT
Note that we also attempt to correct the behavior of the code here,
which had been testing for "NORFLASH_PS32BIT" which would never be set,
instead check for the now set "CONFIG_NORFLASH_PS32BIT", which results
in some behavior change.
Cc: TsiChung Liew <Tsi-Chung.Liew@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The values CONFIG_SYS_USE_NANDFLASH and CONFIG_SYS_USE_MMC serve the
same purpose as CONFIG_SD_BOOT / CONFIG_NAND_BOOT so migrate to using
these switches instead as they're already in Kconfig.
Cc: Stelian Pop <stelian@popies.net>
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Cc: Daniel Gorsulowski <daniel.gorsulowski@esd.eu>
Cc: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
In the case of M5373EVB we always had NANDFLASH_SIZE=16, so just use it
directly. In the case of M5329EVB we had not removed the rest of NAND
support when saying we didn't have NAND, so instead use that to key off
of rather than NANDFLASH_SIZE.
Cc: TsiChung Liew <Tsi-Chung.Liew@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The value CONFIG_DB_784MP_GP is only used in the DDR code to refer to
CONFIG_TARGET_DB_MV784MP_GP so just use that second value directly.
Cc: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
There are a handful of variants around CONFIG_SYS_USE_DATAFLASH and none
of them now control anything further within their board config.h files,
so remove these from CONFIG_SYS_EXTRA_OPTIONS and then remove the empty
blocks in the board config.h files. In a few places further clean up
related logic.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_LPUART
CONFIG_LPUART_32B_REG
And note that CONFIG_LPUART_32B_REG is unused in code.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This CONFIG option is used in one place, so pick a more direct name and
migrate to Kconfig. Rework the code slightly.
Cc: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The way board/keymile/Kconfig is written protects the options there from
being parsed on non-keymile platforms. We cannot however safely source
this file from multiple locations. This does not manifest as a problem
currently as there are no choice statements inside of this file (nor the
sub-Kconfig files it sources). However, moving some target selection to
one of these files exposes the underlying problem. Rework things so
that we have this file sourced in arch/Kconfig.
Cc: Holger Brunck <holger.brunck@hitachienergy.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Holger Brunck <holger.brunck@hitachienergy.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_EMMC_BOOT
CONFIG_MAC_ADDR_IN_SPIFLASH
CONFIG_NAND_BOOT
CONFIG_SPL_FSL_PBL
CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR4
In this case we re-sync options that had been set in
CONFIG_SYS_EXTRA_OPTIONS but should not have been as they have proper
entries.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This was only setting values not referenced in the code so remove it.
Cc: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This platform is the only one to set these options, so define them in
the board Kconfig file.
Cc: Angelo Dureghello <angelo@sysam.it>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_MCFRTC
CONFIG_SYS_MCFRTC_BASE
While at it, remove '#undef RTC_DEBUG' from these config files.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Both of these variables are used in a few hard-coded ways to set some
string values or print something to the user. In almost all cases, it's
just as useful to hard-code the value used. The exception here is
printing something closer to correct board name for p1_p2_rdb machines.
This can be done using something from the device tree, but for now
hard-code a non-CONFIG based value instead.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_BOOTM_NETBSD
CONFIG_BOOTM_RTEMS
CONFIG_DESIGNWARE_WATCHDOG
CONFIG_DISPLAY_CPUINFO
CONFIG_DM_ETH
CONFIG_DM_MMC
CONFIG_DM_REGULATOR
CONFIG_DM_SPI
CONFIG_DM_SPI_FLASH
CONFIG_ISO_PARTITION
CONFIG_OF_SEPARATE
CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_WINBOND
CONFIG_SPL_ETH
CONFIG_TIMER
CONFIG_USB_DWC3
CONFIG_USB_DWC3_GADGET
CONFIG_USB_DWC3_OMAP
CONFIG_USB_DWC3_PHY_OMAP
CONFIG_USB_EHCI_TEGRA
CONFIG_USB_GADGET_DOWNLOAD
CONFIG_USB_GADGET_DUALSPEED
CONFIG_USB_GADGET_MANUFACTURER
CONFIG_USB_GADGET_PRODUCT_NUM
CONFIG_USB_GADGET_VBUS_DRAW
CONFIG_USB_GADGET_VENDOR_NUM
This catches a number of cases where board config files were #undef
various CONFIG options when building SPL, and that doesn't work. Clean
up the related comments as well.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
At this point DM and OF_CONTROL are used to configure how the USB ports
are enabled, with the exception of in SPL and no SPL_OF_CONTROL. Remove
a bunch of now unused logic to simplify the code.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Enable CONFIG_ATMEL_TCB_TIMER and disable CONFIG_ATMEL_PIT_TIMER.
This will allow using the TCB timer instead of the PIT one when running
under OP-TEE.
Reviewed-by: Claudiu Beznea <claudiu.beznea@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: Clément Léger <clement.leger@bootlin.com>
In order to use the TCB early in boot and in the SPL, add
u-boot,dm-pre-reloc property for the TCB and the clock that is used by
the driver (tcb0_clk).
Signed-off-by: Clément Léger <clement.leger@bootlin.com>
When using interrupts property, a global interrupt controller needs to
be added to avoid warnings when compiling device-tree:
arch/arm/dts/at91-sama5d2_xplained.dtb: Warning (interrupts_property):
/ahb/apb/timer@f800c000: Missing interrupt-parent
Add AIC node as the sama5d2 global interrupt controller.
Signed-off-by: Clément Léger <clement.leger@bootlin.com>
Add a driver for the timer counter block that can be found on sama5d2.
This driver will be used when booting under OP-TEE since the pit timer
which is part of the SYSC is secured. Channel 1 & 2 are configured to
be chained together which allows to have a 64bits counter.
Reviewed-by: Claudiu Beznea <claudiu.beznea@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: Clément Léger <clement.leger@bootlin.com>
Align the DT for sama7g5 SoC and sama7g5 EK board with Linux devicetree
in version 5.18.
Some things remain still different, due to some things yet unimplemented in
certain drivers. These include in PMC, pinctrl, and others.
Signed-off-by: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Tudor Ambarus <tudor.ambarus@microchip.com>
Set blue led on at boot time in order to highlight that u-boot is loaded.
This is done for all sama5d2 based boards which contain an RGB led.
Signed-off-by: Mihai Sain <mihai.sain@microchip.com>
sama7g5 and other SoCs (sama5d3, sam9x60) define in the Reset Controller
a RSTC_CR.EXTRST bit that asserts the nrst_out pin which resets external
devices.
This is particular useful for external devices that are configured in
stateful modes which can not be undone without reconfiguring the device
or without resetting the device. An example is an SPI NOR flash that is
configured in octal mode. The do_reset u-boot cmd does not call any
driver's remove method, but merely resets the CPU. As the code was, this
left the flash in octal mode, being impossible for the first stage boot
loaders to recover/identify the flash after a "software reset".
RSTC_CR.EXTRST comes in handy here, as it can be set at "software reset"
to assert low the nrst_out pin during a time defined by the RSTC_MR.ERSTL
field and reset the external devices (including the SPI NOR flash in the
example).
nrst_out is always asserted at "user reset" and it resets the external
devices correctly. Asserting nrst_out at "software reset" should behave
in a similar way. The only difference that I could find between the two
types of resets in regards to the nrst_out signal, is that at "user reset"
timing diagram the "Processor and Peripherals Reset Line" rises after six
MD_SLCK cycles after the nrst_out line rose, while at the "software reset"
timing diagram the "Processor and Peripherals Reset Line" is active for
3 MD_SLCK cycles + 2 MCK cycles. In other words, in the "software reset"
case the nrst_out signal can be active for a longer period of time than the
"Processor and Peripherals Reset Line" active time, depending on the
RSTC_MR.ERSTL value.
Using the default value (zero) for RSTC_MR.ERSTL, worked just fine for the
sama7g5 case. Tested QSPI0 and GMAC0/GMAC1 on sama7g5ek rev 4 after a
software reset with RSTC_CR.EXTRST=1 and RSTC_MR.ERSTL=0.
Signed-off-by: Tudor Ambarus <tudor.ambarus@microchip.com>
Convert AT91RESET_EXTRST to Kconfig for easier integration. The symbol is
not configurable from menuconfig, it will be automatically selected by SoCs
that select it explicitly via the "select" directive.
AT91RESET_EXTRST sets the Reset Controller's RSTC_CR.EXTRST bit which
asserts the nrst_out pin that resets external devices.
Signed-off-by: Tudor Ambarus <tudor.ambarus@microchip.com>
sama5d2 contains in its ROM memory BCH code tables for NAND Flash ECC
correction. Enable the use of the GF tables defined in ROM. This should
speed up the boot process, as the tables are no longer constructed at
runtime. Tested with sama5d2-ptc-ek.
Reported-by: David Mosberger-Tang <davidm@egauge.net>
Signed-off-by: Tudor Ambarus <tudor.ambarus@microchip.com>
To quote the author:
This series adds a stage pre-load before launching an image. This stage
is used to read a header before the image and this header contains the
signature of the full image. So u-boot may check the full image before
using any data of the image.
The support of this header is added to binman, and a command verify
checks the signature of a blob and set the u-boot env variable
"loadaddr_verified" to the beginning of the "real" image.
The support of this header is only added to binman, but it may also be
added to mkimage.
Add a subcommand preload to bootm that execute the preload
stage on the image. Right now, it checks the signature
of the image with the pre-load header. If the check
succeed, the u-boot env variable 'loadaddr_verified'
is set to the address of the image (without the header).
It allows to run such commands:
tftp script.img && bootm preload $loadaddr && source $loadaddr_verified
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <philippe.reynes@softathome.com>
Enable the support of stage pre-load in bootm.
For the moment, this stage allow to verify the
signature of the full image with a header.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <philippe.reynes@softathome.com>
Set the variable pre-load-key-path with the shell variable
PRE_LOAD_KEY_PATH that contain the keys path (used for signature).
This variable pre-load-key-path is provided to binman.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <philippe.reynes@softathome.com>
This commit enhances mkimage to update the node
/image/pre-load/sig with the public key.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <philippe.reynes@softathome.com>
Add the support of image pre load in spl or tpl
when loading an image from ram.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <philippe.reynes@softathome.com>
Add a stage pre-load to the command bootm.
Right now, this stage may be used to read a
header and check the signature of the full
image.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <philippe.reynes@softathome.com>
Add a stage pre-load that could
check or modify an image.
For the moment, only a header with a signature is
supported. This header has the following format:
- magic : 4 bytes
- version : 4 bytes
- header size : 4 bytes
- image size : 4 bytes
- offset image signature : 4 bytes
- flags : 4 bytes
- reserved0 : 4 bytes
- reserved1 : 4 bytes
- sha256 of the image signature : 32 bytes
- signature of the first 64 bytes : n bytes
- image signature : n bytes
- padding : up to header size
The stage uses a node /image/pre-load/sig to
get some informations:
- algo-name (mandatory) : name of the algo used to sign
- padding-name : name of padding used to sign
- signature-size : size of the signature (in the header)
- mandatory : set to yes if this sig is mandatory
- public-key (madatory) : value of the public key
Before running the image, the stage pre-load checks
the signature provided in the header.
This is an initial support, later we could add the
support of:
- ciphering
- uncompressing
- ...
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <philippe.reynes@softathome.com>
This commit adds the options:
- SPL_ASYMMETRIC_KEY_TYPE
- SPL_ASYMMETRIC_PUBLIC_KEY_SUBTYPE
- SPL_RSA_PUBLIC_KEY_PARSER
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <philippe.reynes@softathome.com>
To be able to use the tool binman on sandbox,
the config SANDBOX should imply BINMAN.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <philippe.reynes@softathome.com>
Clock patches for u-boot/next
This is mostly cleanups/consolidations. clk_free is made to return void, and the
CCF wrappers present in almost every CCF clock are consolidated. I would
particularly like to have the latter upstream, since there are at least two
series adding support for new CCF drivers (imx8mq and imxrt1170) which can
benefit from these commits.
I had to fix up the last commit since I missed an include for at91.
CI: https://source.denx.de/u-boot/custodians/u-boot-clk/-/pipelines/11521
Most callers of this function do not check the return value, and it is
unclear what action they should take if it fails. If a function is freeing
multiple clocks, it should not stop just because the first one failed.
Since the callbacks can no longer fail, just convert the return type to
void.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220115222504.617013-8-seanga2@gmail.com
When freeing a clock there is not much we can do if there is an error, and
most callers do not actually check the return value. Even e.g. checking to
make sure that clk->id is valid should have been done in request() in the
first place (unless someone is messing with the driver behind our back).
Just return void and don't bother returning an error.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220115222504.617013-2-seanga2@gmail.com
TTC has three modes of operations. Timer, PWM and input counters.
There is already driver for timer under CADENCE_TTC_TIMER which is used for
ZynqMP R5 configuration.
This driver is targeting PWM which is for example configuration which can
be used for fan control.
The driver has been tested on Xilinx Kria SOM platform where fan is
connected to one PL pin. When TTC output is connected via EMIO to PL pin
TTC pwm can be configured and tested for example like this:
pwm config 0 0 10000 1200
pwm enable 0 0
pwm config 0 0 10000 1400
pwm config 0 0 10000 1600
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/915a662ddb88f7a958ca1f307e8fea59af9d7feb.1634303847.git.michal.simek@xilinx.com
Serial IP has output buffer which status is indicated by two bits. If fifo
if empty or full. Default configuration is that chars are pushed to fifo
till it is full. Time to time it is visible that chars are scambled and
logs are not visible. Not sure what it is exactly happening but all the
time it helps to change driver behavior to write only one char at a time.
That's why enable this mode when debug uart is enabled not to see scrambled
chars in debug by default.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/332b2106d7a8190dd1001b5387f8bd1fba2e061b.1648205405.git.michal.simek@xilinx.com
This is not defined by any board. Even sandbox doesn't actually use
it since it has migrated to DM_VIDEO.
Drop this option. Remove the dead code also, for completeness, even
though the whole lcd.c file will be dropped soon.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_VIDEO_BCM2835
This is the final ad-hoc CONFIG_VIDEO_... to convert.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Matthias Brugger <mbrugger@suse.com>
This does not use driver model and is more than two years past the
migration date. Drop it.
It can be added back later if needed.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This does not use driver model and is more than two years past the
migration date. Drop it.
It can be added back later if needed.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Drop the Kconfigs which are not used and all references to them. In
particular, this drops CONFIG_VIDEO to avoid confusion and allow us to
eventually rename CONFIG_DM_VIDEO to CONFIG_VIDEO.
Also drop the prototype for video_get_info_str() which is no-longer used.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Jason Liu <jason.hui.liu@nxp.com>
Unfortunately this driver uses the old video structure to store things.
This is not supported with driver model.
Drop the old code and comment out the other pieces, so the maintainer can
take a look.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The non-driver model video support was removed two years ago. Drop this
driver, which is only used by nokia_rx51.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Use the MEMA - MEMD registers on the PFUZE100 as bootcount
registers.
Based on work from Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>.
Signed-off-by: Philip Oberfichtner <pro@denx.de>
Add missing MEMA - MEMD register definitions for PFUZE100.
Based on work from Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>.
Signed-off-by: Philip Oberfichtner <pro@denx.de>
This patch add the support of PWM controller which can be found at aspeed
ast2600 soc. The pwm supoorts up to 16 channels and it's part function
of multi-function device "pwm-tach controller".
Signed-off-by: Billy Tsai <billy_tsai@aspeedtech.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
Macros PCI_CLASS_CODE_* and PCI_CLASS_SUB_CODE_* are unused and are
duplication of PCI_CLASS_* macros defined in pci_ids.h header file.
So remove them.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Replace old macros PCI_CLASS_CODE_COMM and PCI_CLASS_SUB_CODE_COMM_SERIAL
by new macros defined in pci_ids.h. Old macros would be deleted in followup
commit.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Add following two new PCI class codes defines into pci_ids.h include file:
PCI_CLASS_BRIDGE_PCI_NORMAL
PCI_CLASS_BRIDGE_PCI_SUBTRACTIVE
And use these defines in all U-Boot code for describing PCI class codes for
normal and subtractive PCI bridges.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This adds support for using -Og when building U-Boot. According to the
gcc man page:
> -Og should be the optimization level of choice for the standard
> edit-compile-debug cycle, offering a reasonable level of optimization
> while maintaining fast compilation and a good debugging experience.
This optimization level is roughly -O1 minus a few additional
optimizations. It provides a noticably better debugging experience, with
many fewer variables <optimized out>.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This adds a separate CONFIG_CC_OPTIMIZE_FOR_SPEED option in a choice,
in preparation for adding another optimization option. Also convert SH's
makefile to use this new option.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
For consistency in runs, we need to always use the same pylint version.
Pin to 2.12.2 as this is what we have been using so far.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This is a legacy driver and the value is set in board config headers
without a CONFIG prefix. Remove the code.
Cc: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_LCD_INFO
CONFIG_LCD_LOGO
CONFIG_LCD_INFO_BELOW_LOGO
CONFIG_LCD_IN_PSRAM
Cc: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_ATMEL_LCD
CONFIG_ATMEL_LCD_BGR555
CONFIG_ATMEL_LCD_RGB565
CONFIG_GURNARD_SPLASH
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_ECHO_LINK_DOWN
Cc: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Some boards need to load an ELF file using the 'loadables' property, but
the file has segments at different memory addresses. This means that it
cannot be supplied as a flat binary.
Allow generating a separate node in the FIT for each segment in the ELF,
with a different load address for each.
Also add checks that the fit,xxx directives are valid.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Alper Nebi Yasak <alpernebiyasak@gmail.com>
The current implementation sets up the FIT entries but then deletes the
'generator' ones so they don't appear in the final image.
This is a bit clumsy. We cannot build the image more than once, since the
generator entries are lost during the first build. Binman requires that
calling BuildSectionData() multiple times returns a valid result each
time.
Keep a separate, private list which includes the generator nodes and use
that where needed, to correct this problem. Ensure that the missing list
includes removed generator entries too.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Alper Nebi Yasak <alpernebiyasak@gmail.com>
It doesn't make sense to use 'subnode' as a function parameter since it
is just a 'node' so far as the function is concerned. Update two functions
to use 'node' instead.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Alper Nebi Yasak <alpernebiyasak@gmail.com>
Add a new function to handling reporting errors within a particular
subnode of the FIT description. This can be used to make the format of
these errors consistent.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Alper Nebi Yasak <alpernebiyasak@gmail.com>
Some warnings have crept in, so fix those that are easy to fix.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Alper Nebi Yasak <alpernebiyasak@gmail.com>
At present the entries are read twice, once by the entry_Section class
and once by the FIT implementation. This is harmless but can be confusing
when debugging. Fix it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Alper Nebi Yasak <alpernebiyasak@gmail.com>
Unfortunately mkimage gets upset with zero-sized files. Update the
ObtainContents() method to support specifying the size, if a fake blob is
created.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Alper Nebi Yasak <alpernebiyasak@gmail.com>
On x86 devices having even a small amount of data can cause an overlap
between regions. For example, bayleybay complains when the intel-vga
region overlaps with u-boot-ucode:
ImagePos Offset Size Name
<none> 00000000 00800000 main-section
<none> ff800000 00000080 intel-descriptor
<none> ff800400 00000080 intel-me
<none> fff00000 00098f24 u-boot-with-ucode-ptr
<none> fff98f24 00001aa0 u-boot-dtb-with-ucode
<none> fff9a9d0 0002a000 u-boot-ucode
<none> fffb0000 00000080 intel-vga
...
It is safer to use an empty file in most cases. Add an option to set the
size for those uses that need it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Alper Nebi Yasak <alpernebiyasak@gmail.com>
At present fake blobs are created but internally an empty blob is used.
Change it to use the contents of the faked file. Also return whether the
blob was faked, in case the caller needs to know that.
Add a TODO to put fake blobs in their own directory.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Alper Nebi Yasak <alpernebiyasak@gmail.com>
This shadows the patman.tools library so rename it to avoid a pylint
warning.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Alper Nebi Yasak <alpernebiyasak@gmail.com>
At present the fit implementation creates the output tree while
scanning the FIT description. Then it updates the tree later when the
data is known.
This works, but is a bit confusing, since it requires mixing the scanning
code with the generation code, with a fix-up step at the end.
It is actually possible to do this in two phases, one to scan everything
and the other to generate the FIT. Thus the FIT is generated in one pass,
when everything is known.
Update the code accordingly. The only functional change is that the 'data'
property for each node are now last instead of first, which is really a
more natural position. Update the affected test to deal with this.
One wrinkle is that the calculated properties (image-pos, size and offset)
are now added before the FIT is generated. so we must filter these out
when copying properties from the binman description to the FIT.
Most of the change here is splitting out some of the code from the
ReadEntries() implementation into _BuildInput(). So despite the large
diff, most of the code is the same. It is not feasible to split this patch
up, so far as I can tell.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Alper Nebi Yasak <alpernebiyasak@gmail.com>
Leave the 'expand' term for use by entry types which have an expanded
version of themselves. Rename this method to indicate that it generates
subentries.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Alper Nebi Yasak <alpernebiyasak@gmail.com>
The word 'expand' is used for entries which generate subentries. It is
also used for entries that can have an '_expanded' version which is used
to break out its contents.
Rather than talking about expanding an entry's size, use the term
'extending'. It is slightly more precise and avoids the above conflicts.
This change renders the old 'expand-size' property invalid, so add an
error check for that.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Alper Nebi Yasak <alpernebiyasak@gmail.com>
Update the return value of this function, fix the 'create' typo and
update the documentation for clarity.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Alper Nebi Yasak <alpernebiyasak@gmail.com>
Suggested-by: Alper Nebi Yasak <alpernebiyasak@gmail.com>
Rename this function to make it clear that it only reads loadable
segments. Also update the error for missing module to better match the
message emitted by Python.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Alper Nebi Yasak <alpernebiyasak@gmail.com>
Suggested-by: Alper Nebi Yasak <alpernebiyasak@gmail.com>
This is not necessary if simpler code is used. Use the split function and
drop the unnecessary []
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Alper Nebi Yasak <alpernebiyasak@gmail.com>
Suggested-by: Alper Nebi Yasak <alpernebiyasak@gmail.com>
At present it is not possible to have arguments which include spaces.
Update the function to only split the args if the property is a single
string. This is a bit inconsistent, but might still be useful.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Alper Nebi Yasak <alpernebiyasak@gmail.com>
Suggested-by: Alper Nebi Yasak <alpernebiyasak@gmail.com>
It is good practice to init all variables in the constructor and pylint
sometimes checks this. Fix it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reported-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
There is seldom a need to refresh at 100Hz and it uses a lot of CPU.
Reduce the rate to 10Hz which seems to be adequate.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Some files cannot be written but read-only access is still useful for
tests. Add a fallback to read-only access when needed.
This is useful in CI when opening a large data file provided by docker,
where read/write access would result in copying the file, thus needing
a lot of extra disk space.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
If state is not being written, but RAM is, we should still show a message,
so it is clear that this is happening.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This allows to prefill fdt and config nodes with hash and signature
subnodes. It's just important to place the child nodes last so that
hashes do not come before the data - would be disliked by mkimage.
Signed-off-by: Jan Kiszka <jan.kiszka@siemens.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Adds build-sandbox in sys.path to look for libfdt,
otherwise py_test can't use binman.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <philippe.reynes@softathome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It is good practice to init all variables in the constructor and pylint
sometimes checks this. Fix it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reported-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This variable is used once and is noted as board-specific. Use the
value directly with a comment.
Cc: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_AT91SAM9G10EK
CONFIG_AT91SAM9261EK
CONFIG_AT91SAM9G10
Cc: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_AT91SAM9G20EK
CONFIG_AT91SAM9260EK
CONFIG_AT91SAM9G20EK_2MMC
Cc: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_AT91SAM9260
CONFIG_AT91SAM9G20
CONFIG_AT91SAM9XE
CONFIG_AT91SAM9261
CONFIG_AT91SAM9263
CONFIG_AT91SAM9G45
CONFIG_AT91SAM9M10G45
CONFIG_AT91SAM9N12
CONFIG_AT91SAM9RL
CONFIG_AT91SAM9X5
CONFIG_SAM9X60
CONFIG_SAMA7G5
CONFIG_SAMA5D2
CONFIG_SAMA5D3
CONFIG_SAMA5D4
These options are already select'd as needed, so we're just cleaning up
files here.
Cc: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_AM335X_USB0
CONFIG_AM335X_USB0_MODE
CONFIG_AM335X_USB1
CONFIG_AM335X_USB1_MODE
We do this by introducing specific options for static configuration of
USB0/USB1 in SPL rather than defining CONFIG_AM335X_USBx_MODE to the
enum value being used. Furthermore, with how the code is used now we do
not need to have OTG mode exposed as an option here, so remove that.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
With all boards now using DM_ETH we determine the value for
CONFIG_FEC_XCV_TYPE at run time, except in the case of the default
fall-back. Set the fallback directly now.
Cc: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Cc: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_ETHPRIME
This is also done by adding a gating Kconfig option, CONFIG_USE_ETHPRIME
similar to other options that are not always set and control environment
variables.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts removes the following symbols:
CONFIG_HAS_ETH0
CONFIG_HAS_ETH1
CONFIG_HAS_ETH2
CONFIG_HAS_ETH3
This is because at this point, only the ids8313 platform was using the
code which was controlled by these symbols. In turn, this code already
performs error checking on being able to perform the device tree fixup.
Rather than convert these to Kconfig for a single platform, update the
code to not need these checks and remove them from all the platforms
they were unused on.
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_MIN
CONFIG_RESET_TO_RETRY
We also introduce CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY to gate these options, and clean up
the associated Makefile entry and C code for picking default values of
CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_MIN.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_ARMV7_SECURE_BASE
CONFIG_ARMV7_SECURE_MAX_SIZE
CONFIG_ARMV7_SECURE_RESERVE_SIZE
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
As the CI test for stopping platforms from being merged that were
defining symbols that had Kconfig entries, a small number of symbols
needed to be migrated again. Do so, and catch two cases the README
should also have been updated but was not.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This commit re-introduced a migrated CONFIG symbol to the board header
file. These changes should likely be handled via documentation instead,
as well.
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We cannot define a CONFIG value here to ensure that the Kconfig value
isn't set wrong.
Fixes: 2c699fe0d3 ("configs: sunxi: Add common SUNIV header")
Cc: Icenowy Zheng <icenowy@aosc.io>
Cc: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
When calling comm to compare the CONFIG symbols a defconfig uses with
the symbols that have been migrated, we need to suppress all output as
the summary line will have everything we need. Failure to do this leads
to the test blowing up, but in non-fatal ways.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Xilinx changes for v2022.07-rc1
microblaze:
- Add support for reserved memory
xilinx:
- Update FRU code with MAC reading
zynqmp:
- Remove double AMS setting
- DT updates (mostly for SOMs)
- Add support for zcu106 rev 1.0
zynq:
- Update nand binding
nand:
- Aligned zynq_nand to upstream DT binding
net:
- Add support for ethernet-phy-id
mmc:
- Workaround CD in zynq_sdhci driver also for ZynqMP
- Add support for dynamic/run-time SD config for SOMs
gpio:
- Add driver for slg7xl45106
firmware:
- Add support for dynamic SD config
power-domain:
- Update zynqmp driver with the latest firmware
video:
- Add skeleton driver for DP and DPDMA
i2c:
- Fix i2c to work with QEMU
pinctrl:
- Add driver for zynqmp pinctrl driver
Update the LZ4 compression module based on LZ4 v1.8.3 in order to
use the newest LZ4_decompress_safe_partial() which can now decode
exactly the nb of bytes requested.
Signed-off-by: Huang Jianan <jnhuang95@gmail.com>
After double checking some i2c addresses are not correct. It is visible
from i2c dump
ZynqMP> i2c bus
Bus 3: i2c@ff020000
74: i2c-mux@74, offset len 1, flags 0
Bus 5: i2c@ff020000->i2c-mux@74->i2c@0
Bus 6: i2c@ff020000->i2c-mux@74->i2c@2
Bus 7: i2c@ff020000->i2c-mux@74->i2c@1
Bus 8: i2c@ff020000->i2c-mux@74->i2c@3
Bus 4: i2c@ff030000 (active 4)
74: i2c-mux@74, offset len 1, flags 0
Bus 9: i2c@ff030000->i2c-mux@74->i2c@0
Bus 10: i2c@ff030000->i2c-mux@74->i2c@3
Bus 11: i2c@ff030000->i2c-mux@74->i2c@4
Bus 12: i2c@ff030000->i2c-mux@74->i2c@5 (active 12)
51: generic_51, offset len 1, flags 0
60: generic_60, offset len 1, flags 0
74: generic_74, offset len 1, flags 0
Bus 13: i2c@ff030000->i2c-mux@74->i2c@6 (active 13)
51: generic_51, offset len 1, flags 0
5d: generic_5d, offset len 1, flags 0
74: generic_74, offset len 1, flags 0
ZynqMP> i2c dev 4
Setting bus to 4
ZynqMP> i2c mw 74 0 18
ZynqMP> i2c probe
Valid chip addresses: 18 36 37 50 51 60 74
ZynqMP> i2c mw 74 0 20
ZynqMP> i2c probe
Valid chip addresses: 51 60 74
where it is clear that si570 (u5) is at 0x60 address and 8t49n240 (u39) is
also at address 0x60 based on log above.
i2c address 0x74 is i2c mux and 0x51 is eeprom.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/0a198e9d993411e41473d130d5a5c20b6dc83458.1646639616.git.michal.simek@xilinx.com
This adds platform code and the device tree for the Phytium Pomelo Board.
The initial support comprises the UART and the PCIE.
Signed-off-by: weichangzheng <nicholas_zheng@outlook.com>
get_osc_clk_speed and get_sys_clkin_sel are only used in
one file. Make them static.
Tested on OMAP3530, DM3730, AM3517.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
With updated device trees now supporting pinmuxing for USB,
ethernet, MMC, and other peripherals necessary to start MLO
and U-Boot, the hard-coded pinmux options can be removed since
they are now handed by DM and only muxed when the respective
peripheral needs it.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Derald D. Woods <woods.technical@gmail.com>
Sync the am3517-evm device tree files with those from Linux
5.17-rc5 with some additional fixes for pinmuxing Ethernet and
moving the pinmux references to the respective peripherals.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Derald D. Woods <woods.technical@gmail.com>
With recent fixes to USB pinmuxing in the device trees, there
is no need to hard-code the pinmuxing in this table. It is
all handled in DM now.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Resync the DTS files for the Logic PD SOM-LV with Linux 5.17-rc5
with some additional pending changes to address issues with
wrong pin-muxing on the OMAP35.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
The ethernet controller is DM compliant, and the device tree
defines it. There is no need to manually handle pulling
the ethernet out of reset.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Derald D. Woods <woods.technical@gmail.com>
QSGMII PHY present on the j721e common processor board requires
to be initialized before the core boots up. Therefore, run the
corresponding command during boot to do the same.
Signed-off-by: Aswath Govindraju <a-govindraju@ti.com>
Add the command "boot_rprocs" that is required for booting remote
processors in U-Boot.
Fixes: 5980925e2a ("include: configs: j721e_evm: Add support to boot ethfw core in j721e")
Reported-by: Jesse Villarreal <jesse.villarreal@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Aswath Govindraju <a-govindraju@ti.com>
QSGMII PHY initialization should only be done for J721E EVMs and not for
J721E-SK boards. Therefore, fix the environment variables accordingly.
Also, by default remote processors should not be booted in U-Boot but
rather be left to the users to enable this by setting dorprocboot.
Therefore, remove dorprocboot that is being set by default.
Fixes: 5980925e2a ("include: configs: j721e_evm: Add support to boot ethfw core in j721e")
Reported-by: Suman Anna <s-anna@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Aswath Govindraju <a-govindraju@ti.com>
Ensure the ASPEED related options are grouped together under the RAM
option when enabling support.
This also makes some minor grammar corrections and renames options so
they present cleanly in menuconfig.
There should be no functional change to the configuration or binary.
Signed-off-by: Joel Stanley <joel@jms.id.au>
Reviewed-by: Dylan Hung <dylan_hung@aspeedtech.com>
Enabling DM_PMIC, DM_REGULATOR_FIXED, and DM_REGULATOR_GPIO
gives us the ability to better monitor voltages and enable
hardware through the device tree. The TL4030 (TPS65950) is
not yet migrated to DM, so this patch only enables the fixed
and GPIO controlled regulators.
Based on commit [1][2].
[1] a40d3cc845
[2] 2448e42d73
Signed-off-by: Romain Naour <romain.naour@gmail.com>
The simple pinctrl driver currently available works with the omap3.
Enabling this will use the device tree to automatically set the
pin-muxing for various drivers.
Based on commit: 57dbf754e3
Signed-off-by: Romain Naour <romain.naour@gmail.com>
The PMIC enables power to the MMC card by default, but depending
on the state it was left when restarted, it's possible the MMC
may be powered down.
This patch patch explicitly tells the twl4030 to power the MMC.
Based on commits [1][2].
[1] 64fd2d2614
[2] 27b6534491
Signed-off-by: Romain Naour <romain.naour@gmail.com>
With DM_MMC working for both SPL and U-Boot, this patch removes
the legacy style of initializing the MMC driver.
Based on omap3_logic: 42140dd096.
Signed-off-by: Romain Naour <romain.naour@gmail.com>
To quote the author:
It is a common need in U-Boot to have one subsystem notify another
when something happens. An example is reading a partition table when a
new block device is set up.
It is also common to add weak functions and 'hook' functions to modify
how U-Boot works. See for example ft_board_setup() and the like.
U-Boot would benefit from a generic mechanism to handle these cases,
with the ability to hook into various 'events' in a
subsystem-independent and transparent way.
This series provides a way to create and dispatch events, with a way of
registering a 'spy' which watches for events of different types. This
allows 'hook' functions to be created in a generic way.
It also includes a script to list the hooks in an image, which is a bit
easier to debug than weak functions, as well as an 'event' command to
do the same from within U-Boot.
These 'static' events can be used to replace hooks like misc_init_f(),
for example. Also included is basic support for 'dynamic' events, where
a spy can be registered at runtime. The need for this is still being
figured out.
For debugging and dicoverability it is useful to be able to see a list of
each event spy in a U-Boot ELF file. Add a script which shows this, along
with the event type and the source location. This makes events a little
easier to use than weak functions, for example.
Add a basic sandbox test as well. We could provide a test for other
boards, but for now, few use events.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Instead of a special function, send an event after driver model is inited
and adjust the boards which use this function.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This hook can be implmented using events, for the three boards that
actually use it.
Add the event type and event handlers. Drop CONFIG_MISC_INIT_F since we
can just use CONFIG_EVENT to control this. Since sandbox always enables
CONFIG_EVENT, we can drop the defconfig lines there too.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Generate events when devices are probed or removed, allowing hooks
to be added for these situations.
This is controlled by the DM_EVENT config option.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a way to create and dispatch events without needing to allocate
memory. Also add a way to 'spy' on events, thus allowing 'hooks' to be
created.
Use a linker list for static events, which we can use to replace functions
like arch_cpu_init_f(). Allow an EVENT_DEBUG option which makes it
easier to see what is going on at runtime, but uses more code space.
Dynamic events allow the creation of a spy at runtime. This is not always
necessary, but can be enabled with EVENT_DYNAMIC if needed.
A 'test' event is the only option for now.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Allow finding a symbol by its address. Also export the function to get
the file offset of a particular address, so it can be used by a script to
be added.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Ethernet phy like dp83867 is using strapping resistors to setup PHY
address. On Xilinx boards strapping is setup on wires which are connected
to SOC where internal pull ups/downs influnce phy address. That's why there
is a need to setup pins properly (via pinctrl driver for example) and then
perform phy reset. I can be workarounded by reset gpio done for mdio bus
but this is not working properly when multiply phys sitting on the same
bus. That's why it needs to be done via ethernet-phy-id driver where dt
binding has gpio reset per phy.
DT binding is available here:
https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git/tree/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ethernet-phy.yaml
The driver is are reading the vendor and device id from valid phy node
using ofnode_read_eth_phy_id() and creating a phy device.
Kconfig PHY_ETHERNET_ID symbol is used because not every platform has gpio
support.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: T Karthik Reddy <t.karthik.reddy@xilinx.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/70ab7d71c812b2c972d48c129e416c921af0d7f5.1645627539.git.michal.simek@xilinx.com
Add support for dynamic configuration which will takes care of
configuring the SD secure space configuration registers using firmware
APIs, performing SD reset assert and deassert.
High level sequence:
- Check for the PM dynamic configuration support, if no error proceed
with SD dynamic configurations(next steps) otherwise skip the dynamic
configuration.
- Put the SD Controller in reset.
- Configure SD Fixed configurations.
- Configure the SD Slot Type.
- Configure the BASE_CLOCK.
- Configure the 8-bit support.
- Bring the SD Controller out of reset.
In the above steps, apart from the Fixed configurations, remaining all
configurations are dynamic and they will be read from devicetree.
And also remove hardcoded secure register writes, as dynamic sd config
support is added.
Signed-off-by: Ashok Reddy Soma <ashok.reddy.soma@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/030a3ec041ff3efebd574b4d2b477ad85f12cbce.1645626962.git.michal.simek@xilinx.com
Most of the frequencies are not rounded up to a proper number.
When we need to devide these frequencies to get a number for example
frequency in Mhz, we see it as one less than the actual intended value.
Ex: If we want to get Mhz from frequency 199999994hz, we will calculate
it using div64_u64(199999994, 1000000) and we will get 199Mhz in place
of 200Mhz.
Add a macro DIV64_U64_ROUND_UP for rounding up div64_u64. This is taken
from linux 'commit 68600f623d69("mm: don't miss the last page because of
round-off error")'.
Signed-off-by: Ashok Reddy Soma <ashok.reddy.soma@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/f9fdcba76cd692ae436b1d7883b490e3dc207231.1645626962.git.michal.simek@xilinx.com
The Aspeed GPIO driver supports the GPIO controllers found in the
AST2400, AST2500 and AST2600 BMC SoCs. The implementation is a cut-down
copy of the upstream Linux kernel driver, adapted for u-boot.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Jeffery <andrew@aj.id.au>
This code has been ported from Linux v5.16.9 arch/arm/boot/dts/am33xx.dtsi
file to allow correct usage of MMC2 controller in U-Boot.
This IP block is a bit specific as it is connected to L3 interconnect bus,
whereas mmc[01] are connected to L4.
Proper configuration of this block (including providing clock) is handled
in ti-sysc.c driver.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
This change provides similar aliases definitions as now present in
Linux kernel v5.16.9 for am33xx.dtsi file.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
In the Linux kernel (v5.16) for this SoC there are two separate drivers
- namely sdhci-omap.c and omap_hsmmc.c which have separate set of
compatibles.
The U-Boot's drivers/mmc/omap_hsmmc.c driver supports both eMMC and
SD devices - hence the compatible for SDHCI can be added.
After this change the am335x DTS description can be easier ported
from Linux kernel.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Enable the led in the device tree of the refboard bcm96753ref.
It also defines two leds (led_red ad led_green).
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <philippe.reynes@softathome.com>
Add the support of the LED IP for bcm6357. This
LED IP supports blinking, fading and pulsating,
but for the moment, only blinking is supported.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <philippe.reynes@softathome.com>
This add the initial support of the broadcom reference
board bcm96753ref with a bcm6753 SoC.
This board has 1 GB of RAM, 256 MB of flash (nand),
2 USB port, 1 UART, and 4 ethernet ports.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <philippe.reynes@softathome.com>
The main reason is to send pmufw cfg overlay from U-Boot to PMUFW to enable
access to DP. Overlay is sent when cls command is called and for that IP
has to be enabled in carrier cards.
And IP needs to be also enabled in SOM dt because with DTB reselection new
DT is not parsed in pre reloc U-Boot instance. It is called from board_f
via embedded_dtb_select(). That's why bind function is not able to allocate
memory and it ends up with error:
"Video device 'display@fd4a0000' cannot allocate frame buffer memory
-ensure the device is set up before relocation"
To avoid this situation DP is placed also to SOM where bind function is
called and frame buffer memory is allocated and just reused after DTB
reselection. Result is the same. There could be a problem in Linux with
different DP configurations but that's need to be solved there because
console should be on from u-boot already.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/c4f31641f917fddb09d976f56875057c658f264c.1645629459.git.michal.simek@xilinx.com
This option is not in use anywhere and the documentation implies it's
for some very old and unlikely to be seen currently issues. Rather than
update the code so the CONFIG symbol could be easily in Kconfig, remove
the code.
Cc: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Acked-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL
CONFIG_BOOTP_VENDOREX
CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTFILESIZE
CONFIG_BOOTP_NISDOMAIN
CONFIG_BOOTP_TIMEOFFSET
Cc: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Remove some code, primarily CPM2 related, that is now unused since the
removal of MPC8540/60ADS.
Fixes 3913191c8a ("powerpc: mpc8540ads: mpc8560ads: Drop support for MPC8540/60ADS")
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Updates sandbox SCMI clock driver and tests since enabling CCF will
mandate clock discovery that is all exposed SCMI clocks shall be
discovered at initialization. For this reason, sandbox SCMI clock
driver must emulate all clocks exposed by SCMI server, not only those
effectively consumed by some other U-Boot devices.
Therefore the sandbox SCMI test driver exposes 3 clocks (IDs 0, 1 and 2)
and sandbox SCMI clock consumer driver gets 2 of them.
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Signed-off-by: Etienne Carriere <etienne.carriere@linaro.org>
Changes devm_scmi_process_msg() first argument from target parent device
to current SCMI device and lookup the SCMI agent device among SCMI device
parents for find the SCMI agent operator needed for communication with
the firmware.
This change is needed in order to support CCF in clk_scmi driver unless
what CCF will fail to find the right udevice related to exposed SCMI
clocks.
This patch allows to simplify the caller sequence, using SCMI device
reference as parameter instead of knowing SCMI uclass topology. This
change also adds some protection in case devm_scmi_process_msg() API
function is called for an invalid device type.
Cc: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Cc: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Cc: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Cc: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Signed-off-by: Etienne Carriere <etienne.carriere@linaro.org>
As per DT bindings since Linux kernel v5.14, the device tree can define
only 1 SCMI agent node that is named scmi [1]. As a consequence, change
implementation of the SCMI driver test through sandbox architecture to
reflect that.
This change updates sandbox test DT and sandbox SCMI driver accordingly
since all these are impacted.
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Signed-off-by: Etienne Carriere <etienne.carriere@linaro.org>
Changes SCMI bindings documentation to relate to Linux kernel
source tree that recently changed the bindings description to YAML
format.
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Signed-off-by: Etienne Carriere <etienne.carriere@linaro.org>
To quote the author:
I was looking into the arm64 boot code lately and stumbled upon some
issues. Also Nishanth brought back memories of a lengthy debug session,
which was caused due to U-Boot keeping SErrors masked. As the resulting
patches are all somewhat related, I gathered this series here to address
those problems.
Patches 1 to 3 address exception handling issues, with the SError
enablement being the most prominent fix here.
Patch 4 cleans up asm/io.h. This was on the list before[1], but was
somehow lost when it was intercepted by a shorter version of itself.
Patches 5 and 6 clean up some unnecessarily complicated AArch64 assembly
code.
The branch_if_master macro jumps to a label if the CPU is the "master"
core, which we define as having all affinity levels set to 0. To check
for this condition, we need to mask off some bits from the MPIDR
register, then compare the remaining register value against zero.
The implementation of this was slighly broken (it preserved the upper
RES0 bits), overly complicated and hard to understand, especially since
it lacked comments. The same was true for the very similar
branch_if_slave macro.
Use a much shorter assembly sequence for those checks, use the same
masking for both macros (just negate the final branch), and put some
comments on them, to make it clear what the code does.
This allows to drop the second temporary register for branch_if_master,
so we adjust all call sites as well.
Also use the opportunity to remove a misleading comment: the macro
works fine on SoCs with multiple clusters. Judging by the commit
message, the original problem with the Juno SoC stems from the fact that
the master CPU *can* be configured to be from cluster 1, so the
assumption that the master CPU has all affinity values set to 0 does not
hold there. But this is already mentioned above in a comment, so remove
the extra comment.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
The switch_el macro is a neat contraption to handle cases where we need
different code depending on the current exception level, but its
implementation was longer than needed.
Simplify it by doing just one comparison, then using the different
condition codes to branch to the desired target. PState.CurrentEL just
holds two bits, and since we don't care about EL0, we can use >, =, < to
select EL3, EL2 and EL1, respectively.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
asm/io.h is the header file containing the central MMIO accessor macros.
Judging by the header and the comments, it was apparently once copied
from the Linux kernel, but has deviated since then *heavily*. There is
absolutely no point in staying close to the original Linux code anymore,
so just remove the old cruft, by:
- removing pointless Linux history
- removing commented code
- removing outdated comments
- removing unused definitions (for mem_isa)
This massively improves the readability of the file.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
In ARMv8 we have the choice between two stack pointers to use: SP_EL0 or
SP_ELx, which is banked per exception level. This choice is stored in
the SP field of PState, and can be read and set via the SPSel special
register. When the CPU takes an exception, it automatically switches to
the SP_ELx stack pointer.
Trusted Firmware enters U-Boot typically with SPSel set to 1, so we use
SP_ELx all along as our sole stack pointer, both for normal operation and
for exceptions.
But if we now for some reason enter U-Boot with SPSel cleared, we will
setup and use SP_EL0, which is fine, but leaves SP_ELx uninitialised.
When we now take an exception, we try to save the GPRs to some undefined
location, which will usually end badly.
To make sure we always have SP_ELx pointing to some memory, set SPSel
to 1 in the early boot code, to ensure safe operation at all times.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
The ARMv8 architecture describes the "SError interrupt" as the fourth
kind of exception, next to synchronous exceptions, IRQs, and FIQs.
Those SErrors signal exceptional conditions from which the system might
not easily recover, and are normally generated by the interconnect as a
response to some bus error. A typical situation is access to a
non-existing memory address or device, but it might be deliberately
triggered by a device as well.
The SError interrupt replaces the Armv7 asynchronous abort.
Trusted Firmware enters U-Boot (BL33) typically with SErrors masked,
and we never enable them. However any SError condition still triggers
the SError interrupt, and this condition stays pending, it just won't be
handled. If now later on the Linux kernel unmasks the "A" bit in PState,
it will immediately take the exception, leading to a kernel crash.
This leaves many people scratching their head about the reason for
this, and leads to long debug sessions, possibly looking at the wrong
places (the kernel, but not U-Boot).
To avoid the situation, just unmask SErrors early in the ARMv8 boot
process, so that the U-Boot exception handlers reports them in a timely
manner. As SErrors are typically asynchronous, the register dump does
not need to point at the actual culprit, but it should happen very
shortly after the condition.
For those exceptions to be taken, we also need to route them to EL2,
if U-Boot is running in this exception level.
This removes the respective code snippet from the Freescale lowlevel
routine, as this is now handled in generic ARMv8 code.
Reported-by: Nishanth Menon <nm@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
The arm64 version of the exception command was just defining the
undefined exception, but actually copied the AArch32 instruction.
Replace that with an encoding that is guaranteed to be and stay
undefined. Also add instructions to trigger unaligned access faults and
a breakpoint.
This brings ARM64 on par with ARM(32) for the exception command.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
To quote the author:
This series adds a new errors-only pylint check and adds it to the CI
systems.
It also fixes the current errors in the U-Boot Python code, disabling
errors where it seems necessary.
A small patch to buildman allows it to build sandbox without any changes
to the default config file
At present the default .buildman file written by buildman does not specify
a default toolchain. Add an 'other' line so this works correctly and
sandbox builds run as expected.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Fix pylint errors in all test.
This requires adding a get_spawn() method to the ConsoleBase base, so that
its subclass is happy.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Fix two pylint errors in this file.
Note ACTION_SPL_NOT_EXIST is not defined so the dead code can be removed.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Fix pylint errors that can be fixed and mask those that seem to be
incorrect.
A complication with binman is that it tries to avoid importing libfdt
(or anything that imports it) unless needed, so that things like help
still work if it is missing.
Note that two tests are duplicated in binman and two others have
duplicate names, so both of these issues are fixed also.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff
Show More
Reference in New Issue
Block a user
Blocking a user prevents them from interacting with repositories, such as opening or commenting on pull requests or issues. Learn more about blocking a user.
